Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the day after the battle

  • 1 Literature

       The earliest known examples of literary writing in the Portuguese language is a collection of songbooks ( cancioneiros) that date from the 12th century, written by anonymous court troubadours, aristocrats, and clerics with poetic and musical talent. In the 13th and 14th centuries, ballads ( romanceiros) became popular at court. One of these written after the battle of Aljubarrota is considered to be the Portuguese equivalent of the English Arthurian legend. Literary prose in Portuguese began in the 14th century, with the compilation of chronicles ( chrónicos) written by Fernão Lopes de Castenhada who was commissioned by King Duarte (1430-38) to write a history of the House of Aviz.
       During the 15th and 16th centuries, Portuguese chroniclers turned their attention to the discoveries and the Portuguese overseas empire. The Portuguese discoveries in India and Asia were chronicled by João de Barros, whose writing appeared posthumously under the pen name of Diogo Do Couto; Fernão Lopes de Castenhade wrote a 10-volume chronicle of the Portuguese in India. The most famous chronicle from this period was the Peregrinação (Pilgrimage), a largely true adventure story and history of Portugal that was as popular among 17th-century readers in Iberia as was Miguel de Cer-vantes's Don Quixote. Portugal's most celebrated work of national literature, The Lusiads ( Os Lusíadas), written by Luís de Camões chronicled Vasco da Gama's voyage to India (1497-99) within the context of the history of Portugal.
       During the period when Portugal was under Spanish domination (1580-1640), the preferred language of literary expression was Castilian Spanish. The greatest writer of this period was Francisco Manuel de Melo, who wrote in Castilian and Portuguese. His most famous work is an eyewitness account of the 1640 Catalan revolt against Castile, Historia de los Movimientos y Separación de Cata-luna (1645), which allowed the Portuguese monarchy to regain its independence that same year.
       Little of note was written during the 17th century with the exception of Letters of a Portuguese Nun, an enormously popular work in the French language thought to have been written by Sister Mariana Alcoforado to a French officer Noel Bouton, Marquise de Chamilly.
       Modern Portuguese writing began in the early 19th century with the appearance of the prose-fiction of João Baptista de Almeida Garrett and the historian-novelist Alexandre Herculano. The last half of the 19th century was dominated by the Generation of 1870, which believed that Portugal was, due to the monarchy and the Catholic Church, a European backwater. Writers such as José Maria Eça de Queirós dissected the social decadence of their day and called for reform and national renewal. The most famous Portuguese poet of the 20th century is, without doubt, Fernando Pessoa, who wrote poetry and essays in English and Portuguese under various names. António Ferro (1895-1956) published best-selling accounts of the right-wing dictatorships in Italy and Spain that endeared him to Prime Minister António de Oliveira Salazar, who made him the Estado Novo's secretary of national propaganda.
       The various responses of the Portuguese people to the colonial African wars (1961-75) were chronicled by António Lobo Antunes. In 1998, the noted Portuguese novelist, poet, essayist, and travel writer, José Saramago was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature, the first writer in the Portuguese language of whatever nationality to be so honored. His most famous novels translated into English include: Baltazar and Blimunda (1987), The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis (1991), and The History of the Siege of Lisbon (1996).

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Literature

  • 2 ganar

    v.
    1 to win.
    ganaron por tres a uno they won three one
    Ricardo gana siempre Richard wins always.
    Ricardo ganó el premio Richard won the prize.
    2 to earn (sueldo, dinero).
    ¿cuánto ganas? how much do you earn?
    María gMaría dinero Mary earns money.
    3 to gain.
    ganar fama to achieve fame
    en tren ganas una hora you save an hour by taking the train
    Ricardo ganó reconocimiento Richard gained renown.
    4 to beat.
    te voy a ganar I'm going to beat you
    5 to reach, to make it to (llegar a) (place).
    6 to take, to capture.
    7 to obtain profits, to come out with profits, to win, to realize profits.
    La empresa ganó The company obtained profits.
    * * *
    1 (partido, concurso, premio) to win
    2 (dinero) to earn
    ■ ¿cuánto ganas al año? how much do you earn a year?
    3 (conquistar) to capture
    4 (alcanzar) to reach
    5 (lograr) to win
    1 (mejorar) to improve
    1 to earn
    2 (ser merecedor) to deserve
    \
    ganar a alguien en algo to be better than somebody at something
    ganar terreno to gain ground
    llevar las de ganar figurado to hold the winning card, hold all the cards
    no ganar para disgustos figurado to be one thing after another
    salir ganando to gain, benefit, do well out of it
    ganarse la vida to earn a living, earn one's living
    ganarse el pan familiar to earn one's bread and butter
    ¡te la vas a ganar! familiar you're going to get it!
    * * *
    verb
    2) earn
    3) gain
    5) make
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ sueldo] to earn

    ¿cuánto ganas al mes? — how much do you earn o make a month?

    2) [+ competición, partido, premio, guerra] to win

    ¿quién ganó la carrera? — who won the race?

    3) [+ contrincante] to beat

    ¡les ganamos! — we beat them!

    no hay quien le gane — there's nobody who can beat him, he's unbeatable

    como orador no hay quien le gane o no le gana nadie — as a speaker there is no one to touch him, no one outdoes him at speaking

    4) (=conseguir) [+ tiempo, peso, terreno] to gain

    ¿qué gano yo con todo esto? — what do I gain o get from all this?

    tierras ganadas al mar — land reclaimed o won from the sea

    ganar popularidad — to win o earn popularity

    5) (=alcanzar) [+ objetivo] to achieve, attain
    6) (=convencer) to win over

    dejarse ganar por algo — to allow o.s. to be won over by sth

    7) (=aventajar)
    8) (Mil) [+ plaza, pueblo] to take, capture
    2. VI
    1) [trabajando] to earn
    2) [en competición, guerra] to win

    • dejarse ganar — [con trampas] to lose on purpose

    3) (=mejorar) to benefit, improve

    la película ganaría mucho si se cortase — the film would greatly benefit from being cut, the film would be greatly improved if it was cut

    • ha ganado mucho en salud — his health has greatly improved

    • salir ganando — to do well

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < sueldo> to earn

    ¿cuánto ganas al mes? — how much do you earn a month?

    b) ( conseguir) to gain
    2)
    a) <partido/guerra/elecciones> to win
    b) <premio/dinero> to win
    3) ( adquirir) < experiencia> to gain
    4)
    b) ( reclamar) to reclaim
    5) (liter) < meta> to attain (frml); <cumbre/orilla> to gain (liter)
    2.
    ganar vi
    1) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn
    2)
    a) ( vencer) to win
    b)

    a mentiroso nadie le gana or no hay quien le gane — when it comes to lying there's noone to touch him

    3) ( aventajar)

    ganarle a alguien en algo: le ganas en estatura you're taller than him; me gana en todo — he beats me on every count

    4)
    a) ( mejorar)
    b) (obtener provecho, beneficiarse) to gain

    ganó mucho con su estancia en Berlín — he gained a lot from o got a lot out of his stay in Berlin

    salir ganando: es el único que salió ganando con el trato/en ese asunto he's the only one who did well out of the deal/who came out well in that business; al final salí ganando — in the end I came out of it better off

    3.
    ganarse v pron
    1) (enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn
    2) (enf) <premio/apuesta> to win
    3) <afecto/confianza> to win; < persona> to win... over
    4) ( ser merecedor de) < descanso> to earn oneself

    ganársela — (Esp fam)

    se la va a ganar — she's going to get it o she's for it (colloq)

    * * *
    = earn, conquer, win, win out, prevail, go + one better.
    Ex. The article 'Women in industry: where and how they administrate' concludes that there are fewer women in management than men and they earn less.
    Ex. The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.
    Ex. Those who perform in this manner can be characterized as those who would 'rather fight than win'.
    Ex. It remains to be seen which approach will win out, in the current tug-of-war.
    Ex. The emphasis on title entry came from the specialized libraries, primarily the technical libraries, that were small but had the money and the power behind them to see that their view prevails.
    Ex. I think Murray will go one better than Wimbledon, but will lose to Federer again in the final.
    ----
    * actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiració = play to + Nombre.
    * actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiración de Alguie = play to + Nombre.
    * dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.
    * ganar a Alguien sin apenas hacer ningún esfuerzo = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar adeptos = gain + currency.
    * ganar bastante dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia, ir viento en popa, ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go from + strength to strength.
    * ganar cómodamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar con dificultar = eke out.
    * ganar confianza en uno mismo = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.
    * ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.
    * ganar dinero = make + money, make + Dinero, earn + money.
    * ganar el pulso = the nod + go to.
    * ganar enemigos = make + enemies.
    * ganar fácilmente = coast + home, coast to + victory, beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar fama = win + fame.
    * ganar fuerza = gather + strength, gather + steam.
    * ganar ímpetu = gather + momentum, gain + impetus, gather + strength, gather + steam, gather + pace.
    * ganar importancia = grow in + importance, grow in + strength, gain + prominence, grow in + significance, gain + significance, gain in + importance.
    * ganar la partida a = outmanoeuvre [outmaneuver, -USA].
    * ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.
    * ganarle la partida = out-think [outthink].
    * ganarle la partida a = outfox, outwit, outsmart.
    * ganarle la vez a = outdo, trump.
    * ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * ganar peso = put on + weight, gain + weight.
    * ganar popularidad = gain in + popularity, gain + popularity, increase in + popularity.
    * ganar prestigio = gain in + ascendancy.
    * ganar prosélitos = proselytise [proselytize, -USA].
    * ganar protagonismo = gain in + importance.
    * ganar reconocimiento = gain + credit.
    * ganar resistencia = grow in + stamina.
    * ganarse = win over, propitiate.
    * ganarse a Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.
    * ganarse a la gente = win + hearts and minds.
    * ganarse el apoyo = earn + support.
    * ganarse el aprecio = earn + appreciation.
    * ganarse el cariño = endear.
    * ganarse el corazón de Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.
    * ganarse el favor de = win + the favour of.
    * ganarse el pan = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * ganarse el pan con el sudor de la frente = earn + Posesivo + daily bread with the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * ganarse el respeto = earn + respect.
    * ganarse el sueldo = earn + Posesivo + salary.
    * ganarse la confianza = earn + trust.
    * ganarse la confianza de = achieve + credibility with, gain + the confidence of, win + the confidence of.
    * ganarse la existencia = earn + a living, earn + Posesivo + living.
    * ganarse la fama de = earn + a reputation as.
    * ganarse la vida = earn + a living, make + a living, earn + income, earn + Posesivo + living, make + Posesivo + living, Verbo + for a living.
    * ganarse la vida a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.
    * ganarse partidarios = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.
    * ganarse seguidores = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.
    * ganarse una reputación = achieve + reputation, secure + reputation.
    * ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.
    * ganarse unos ingresos = earn + income.
    * ganar sin ninguna dificultad = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar sobradamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.
    * ganar tiempo = win + time, buy + time, free up + time.
    * ganar una batalla = win + battle.
    * ganar una elección = win + election.
    * ganar una guerra = win + war.
    * ganar un asalto = win + round.
    * ganar un buen sueldo = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * ganar un premio = win + prize, win + award, earn + an award.
    * ganar un título = win + title.
    * ganar vigencia = gain + currency.
    * haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * haber ganado sólo la mitad de la ba = be only half the battle.
    * hacer que Alguien se lo gane a pulso = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * intentar ganar tiempo = play for + time, temporise [temporize, -USA].
    * interés por ganar dinero = profit motive.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * ni ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * no se ganó Zamora en una hora = Rome wasn't built in a day.
    * ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.
    * quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * salir ganando = make + a profit, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.
    * salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * se pierda o se gane = win or lose.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) < sueldo> to earn

    ¿cuánto ganas al mes? — how much do you earn a month?

    b) ( conseguir) to gain
    2)
    a) <partido/guerra/elecciones> to win
    b) <premio/dinero> to win
    3) ( adquirir) < experiencia> to gain
    4)
    b) ( reclamar) to reclaim
    5) (liter) < meta> to attain (frml); <cumbre/orilla> to gain (liter)
    2.
    ganar vi
    1) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn
    2)
    a) ( vencer) to win
    b)

    a mentiroso nadie le gana or no hay quien le gane — when it comes to lying there's noone to touch him

    3) ( aventajar)

    ganarle a alguien en algo: le ganas en estatura you're taller than him; me gana en todo — he beats me on every count

    4)
    a) ( mejorar)
    b) (obtener provecho, beneficiarse) to gain

    ganó mucho con su estancia en Berlín — he gained a lot from o got a lot out of his stay in Berlin

    salir ganando: es el único que salió ganando con el trato/en ese asunto he's the only one who did well out of the deal/who came out well in that business; al final salí ganando — in the end I came out of it better off

    3.
    ganarse v pron
    1) (enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn
    2) (enf) <premio/apuesta> to win
    3) <afecto/confianza> to win; < persona> to win... over
    4) ( ser merecedor de) < descanso> to earn oneself

    ganársela — (Esp fam)

    se la va a ganar — she's going to get it o she's for it (colloq)

    * * *
    = earn, conquer, win, win out, prevail, go + one better.

    Ex: The article 'Women in industry: where and how they administrate' concludes that there are fewer women in management than men and they earn less.

    Ex: The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.
    Ex: Those who perform in this manner can be characterized as those who would 'rather fight than win'.
    Ex: It remains to be seen which approach will win out, in the current tug-of-war.
    Ex: The emphasis on title entry came from the specialized libraries, primarily the technical libraries, that were small but had the money and the power behind them to see that their view prevails.
    Ex: I think Murray will go one better than Wimbledon, but will lose to Federer again in the final.
    * actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiració = play to + Nombre.
    * actuar con la intención de ganarse la admiración de Alguie = play to + Nombre.
    * dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.
    * ganar a Alguien sin apenas hacer ningún esfuerzo = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar adeptos = gain + currency.
    * ganar bastante dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia, ir viento en popa, ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go from + strength to strength.
    * ganar cómodamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar con dificultar = eke out.
    * ganar confianza en uno mismo = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * ganar de forma abrumadora = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar de forma aplastante = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down, win by + a landslide.
    * ganar de forma arrolladora = win by + a landslide.
    * ganar dinero = make + money, make + Dinero, earn + money.
    * ganar el pulso = the nod + go to.
    * ganar enemigos = make + enemies.
    * ganar fácilmente = coast + home, coast to + victory, beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar fama = win + fame.
    * ganar fuerza = gather + strength, gather + steam.
    * ganar ímpetu = gather + momentum, gain + impetus, gather + strength, gather + steam, gather + pace.
    * ganar importancia = grow in + importance, grow in + strength, gain + prominence, grow in + significance, gain + significance, gain in + importance.
    * ganar la partida a = outmanoeuvre [outmaneuver, -USA].
    * ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.
    * ganarle la partida = out-think [outthink].
    * ganarle la partida a = outfox, outwit, outsmart.
    * ganarle la vez a = outdo, trump.
    * ganar mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * ganar peso = put on + weight, gain + weight.
    * ganar popularidad = gain in + popularity, gain + popularity, increase in + popularity.
    * ganar prestigio = gain in + ascendancy.
    * ganar prosélitos = proselytise [proselytize, -USA].
    * ganar protagonismo = gain in + importance.
    * ganar reconocimiento = gain + credit.
    * ganar resistencia = grow in + stamina.
    * ganarse = win over, propitiate.
    * ganarse a Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.
    * ganarse a la gente = win + hearts and minds.
    * ganarse el apoyo = earn + support.
    * ganarse el aprecio = earn + appreciation.
    * ganarse el cariño = endear.
    * ganarse el corazón de Alguien = win + Nombre + heart.
    * ganarse el favor de = win + the favour of.
    * ganarse el pan = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * ganarse el pan con el sudor de la frente = earn + Posesivo + daily bread with the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * ganarse el pan de cada día = get + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread, earn + Posesivo + bread and butter.
    * ganarse el respeto = earn + respect.
    * ganarse el sueldo = earn + Posesivo + salary.
    * ganarse la confianza = earn + trust.
    * ganarse la confianza de = achieve + credibility with, gain + the confidence of, win + the confidence of.
    * ganarse la existencia = earn + a living, earn + Posesivo + living.
    * ganarse la fama de = earn + a reputation as.
    * ganarse la vida = earn + a living, make + a living, earn + income, earn + Posesivo + living, make + Posesivo + living, Verbo + for a living.
    * ganarse la vida a duras penas = eke out + a living, scratch (out) + a living, scrape + a living, eke out + an existence.
    * ganarse partidarios = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.
    * ganarse seguidores = gather + a following, win + Nombre + a following, gain + a following.
    * ganarse una reputación = achieve + reputation, secure + reputation.
    * ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.
    * ganarse unos ingresos = earn + income.
    * ganar sin ninguna dificultad = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar sobradamente = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * ganar terreno = gain + ground, make + headway.
    * ganar tiempo = win + time, buy + time, free up + time.
    * ganar una batalla = win + battle.
    * ganar una elección = win + election.
    * ganar una guerra = win + war.
    * ganar un asalto = win + round.
    * ganar un buen sueldo = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * ganar un premio = win + prize, win + award, earn + an award.
    * ganar un título = win + title.
    * ganar vigencia = gain + currency.
    * haber ganado la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * haber ganado sólo la mitad de la ba = be only half the battle.
    * hacer que Alguien se lo gane a pulso = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * intentar ganar tiempo = play for + time, temporise [temporize, -USA].
    * interés por ganar dinero = profit motive.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * lo que se pierda en una cosa se gana en la otra = what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * ni ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * no se ganó Zamora en una hora = Rome wasn't built in a day.
    * ¡que gane el mejor! = may the best man win!, may the best man win!.
    * quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * salir ganando = make + a profit, compare + favourably, be better off, win + the day, win out, be better served by, come out on + top.
    * salir sin ganar ni perder = break + even.
    * se pierda o se gane = win or lose.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tratar de ganar tiempo = temporise [temporize, -USA], play for + time.

    * * *
    ganar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    gana un buen sueldo she earns o she's on a good salary
    ¿cuánto ganas al mes? how much do you earn a month?
    lo único que quiere es ganar dinero all he's interested in is making money
    2 (conseguir) to gain
    ¿y qué ganas con eso? and what do you gain by (doing) that?
    no ganamos nada con ponernos nerviosos getting all worked-up won't get us anywhere
    B
    1 ‹carrera/competición/partido› to win; ‹elecciones› to win; ‹guerra/batalla› to win; ‹juicio› to win
    ganaron el campeonato they won the championship
    le gané la apuesta I won my bet with him
    ganarle el quién vive a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb to it ( colloq), to get in first ( colloq)
    2 (en un juego, concurso) ‹premio/dinero› to win
    ¿cuánto ganaste en las carreras de caballos? how much did you win on the horses?
    ha ganado mucho dinero al póquer she's won a lot of money at o playing poker
    C
    (adquirir): ganó fama y fortuna she won fame and fortune
    su partido ha ido ganando popularidad his party has been gaining in popularity
    ha ganado importancia en los últimos años it has grown in importance in recent years
    D
    1 ‹persona› ganar a algn PARA algo to win sb over TO sth
    lo ganó para su causa she won him over to her cause
    2 (reclamar) to reclaim
    las tierras ganadas al mar the land that has been reclaimed from the sea
    E ( liter); ‹meta› to attain ( frml), to reach; ‹cumbre/frontera/orilla› to gain ( liter), to reach
    ■ ganar
    vi
    apenas gana para vivir she hardly earns enough to live on
    no ganar para disgustos/sustos to have nothing but trouble
    B
    1 (vencer) to win
    que gane el mejor may the best man win
    ganaron los Republicanos the Republicans won o were victorious
    van ganando 2 a 1 they're winning 2-1, they're 2-1 up o ahead
    2
    ganarle a algn to beat sb
    nos ganaron por cuatro puntos they beat us by four points
    siempre que juega al ajedrez con su hijo se deja ganar she always lets her son beat her at chess, whenever she plays chess with her son she lets him win
    me ha vuelto a ganar she's beaten me again
    a mentiroso nadie le gana or no hay quien le gane when it comes to lying there's no one to touch him
    se dejó ganar por el abatimiento he allowed his depression to get the better of him
    C (aventajar) ganarle a algn EN algo:
    le ganas en estatura you're taller than him
    habla mejor inglés, es más guapo … la verdad es que me gana en todo he speaks better English, he's better looking … the truth is he beats me on every count
    D
    (mejorar, obtener provecho): ha ganado mucho con el nuevo peinado her new hairstyle has really done a lot for her
    con estas modificaciones el texto ha ganado en claridad the text has become much clearer o has gained in clarity with these changes
    el salón ha ganado mucho con estos cambios these changes have really improved the living room
    ganó mucho con su estancia en Berlín he gained a lot from o got a lot out of his stay in Berlin
    salir ganando: es el único que salió ganando de la mudanza he's the only one who benefited o gained from the move
    no lo esperaba pero al final salí ganando I didn't expect to but in the end I came out of it better off o I did well out of it, I didn't expect to but I ended up better off
    saldrán ganando de esta reestructuración they will benefit from o they stand to gain from this restructuring
    E
    ( Méx fam) (dirigirse): ganar para un lugar to go off toward(s) somewhere
    F
    (Ur arg) (con el sexo opuesto): estás ganando con aquél/aquélla you're well in with that guy/girl over there ( colloq)
    se ganó mil dólares en una semana she earned (herself) a thousand dollars in one week
    B ( enf) (en una rifa, un juego) to win
    C ‹afecto› to win; ‹amistad/confianza› to win, gain; ‹persona› to win … over
    ha sabido ganarse el respeto de todos she has managed to win o earn everyone's respect
    sabe ganarse a los amigos he knows how to make friends
    D
    (ser merecedor de): te has ganado unas buenas vacaciones you've earned yourself a good vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) holiday
    te estás ganando una paliza you're going to get a good thrashing, you're asking for a good thrashing
    el ascenso se lo ha ganado a pulso he's really worked (hard) for o he's really earned this promotion
    ganársela ( Esp fam): como no te calles te la vas a ganar if you don't shut up, you're going to get it o you're for it ( colloq)
    E
    ( Chi fam) (acercarse): se ganó muy a la orilla y se cayó he went too near the edge and fell in
    gánate para acá come over here o come closer
    * * *

     

    ganar ( conjugate ganar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹ sueldo› to earn;


    b) ‹ tiempo› to gain;

    ◊ ¿qué ganas con eso? what do you gain by (doing) that?


    2 ‹partido/guerra/premio› to win;

    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( vencer) to win;


    ganarle a algn to beat sb;
    nos ganaron por cuatro puntos they beat us by four points
    b) ( aventajar):


    me gana en todo he beats me on every count;
    salir ganando: salió ganando con el trato he did well out of the deal;
    al final salí ganando in the end I came out of it better off
    ganarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( enf) ( mediante el trabajo) to earn;
    ◊ ganarse la vida to earn a/one's living

    2 ( enf) ‹premio/apuesta› to win
    3 ‹afecto/confianza› to win;
    ◊ se ganó el respeto de todos she won o earned everyone's respect

    4 ‹ descanso› to earn oneself;

    ganar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (un salario) to earn
    2 (un premio) to win
    3 (superar) to beat: le gana en estatura, she is taller than him
    4 (al contrincante) to beat
    5 (una cima, una orilla) to reach
    ganar la cumbre, to reach the peak
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (vencer) to win
    2 (mejorar) improve: ganó en simpatía, she became more and more charming
    ganas mucho cuando sonríes, you look nicer when you smile
    ' ganar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - actual
    - baño
    - contender
    - flexibilizar
    - llevar
    - óptima
    - óptimo
    - peso
    - probabilidad
    - redoblar
    - savia
    - terrena
    - terreno
    - todavía
    - chance
    - expectativa
    - hacer
    - interés
    - meta
    - premio
    - sensación
    - tiempo
    - tratar
    - triunfar
    - valer
    English:
    actual
    - amateurish
    - beat
    - break
    - bring in
    - buck
    - catch on
    - chance
    - close-run
    - comfortably
    - day
    - default
    - earn
    - even
    - exert
    - fact
    - fair
    - fluke
    - gain
    - gain on
    - gather
    - get
    - ground
    - hand
    - key
    - killing
    - make
    - money
    - one-upmanship
    - optimistic
    - outsider
    - rig
    - score
    - speed
    - take
    - ultimate
    - win
    - case
    - certainly
    - clinch
    - deliver
    - expect
    - height
    - odds
    - premium
    - run
    - stand
    - toss
    - yet
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [premio, competición] to win;
    ganaron las elecciones they won the elections;
    ganó un millón en la lotería he won a million on the lottery
    2. [obtener] [sueldo, dinero] to earn;
    gana dos millones al año she earns o she's on two million a year;
    ¿cuánto ganas? how much do you earn?
    3. [obtener] [peso, tiempo] to gain;
    ganar fama to achieve fame;
    ganar importancia to grow in importance;
    ganar terreno [avanzar] to gain ground;
    en tren ganas una hora you save an hour by taking the train;
    ganaron nuevos adeptos para la causa they won over new converts to the cause
    4. [conseguir]
    ¿qué gano yo con eso? what's in it for me?, what do I stand to gain from that?;
    llorando no ganas nada it's no use crying, crying won't change anything
    5. [derrotar] to beat;
    te voy a ganar I'm going to beat you;
    RP Fam
    ganar de mano a alguien to beat sb to it
    6. [aventajar]
    me gana en velocidad he's faster than me;
    me gana en hermosura pero no en inteligencia she's prettier than me, but not as intelligent;
    Fam
    a tonto no hay quien le gane he's as thick as they come
    7. [alcanzar] to reach, to make it to;
    ganó la orilla a nado she made it to o gained the shore
    8. [conquistar] to take, to capture;
    los aliados ganaron la playa tras una dura batalla the Allies took o captured the beach after a hard battle
    9. [recuperar]
    han ganado terreno al desierto they have reclaimed land from the desert
    ♦ vi
    1. [vencer] to win;
    ganaron por tres a uno they won Br three one o US three to one;
    ganaron por penalties they won on penalties;
    ganan de cuatro puntos they're winning by four points, they're four points ahead;
    no es justo, te has dejado ganar it's not fair, you let me beat you o you lost on purpose;
    que gane el mejor may the best man win
    2. [lograr dinero] to earn money;
    Am
    ganar bien to be well paid;
    ganar mal not to earn very much, to be badly paid;
    sólo gana para subsistir she earns only enough to live on;
    Fam
    no gano para disgustos o [m5] sustos I've more than enough worries o troubles
    3. [mejorar] to benefit ( con from);
    gana mucho con la barba he looks a lot better with a beard;
    ha ganado con el cambio de trabajo he has benefited from changing jobs;
    ganar en algo to gain in sth;
    ha ganado en amplitud [parece mayor] it looks bigger;
    hemos salido ganando con el cambio we've benefited from the change
    4. Urug Fam [con hombre, mujer]
    ¿viste como te mira? estás ganando have you seen her looking at you? she fancies you o you're well in there
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 win;
    le gané cincuenta dólares I won fifty dollars off him;
    ganar a alguien beat s.o.
    2 mediante el trabajo earn
    II v/i
    1 mediante el trabajo earn
    2 ( vencer) win;
    ganar por dos sets a uno win (by) two sets to one
    3 ( mejorar) improve;
    salir ganando con algo be better off with sth
    :
    le gano en velocidad/inteligencia I’m faster/more intelligent than him o than he is
    * * *
    ganar vt
    1) : to win
    2) : to gain
    ganar tiempo: to buy time
    3) : to earn
    ganar dinero: to make money
    4) : to acquire, to obtain
    ganar vi
    1) : to win
    2) : to profit
    salir ganando: to come out ahead
    * * *
    ganar vb
    1. (un premio, concurso) to win [pt. & pp. won]
    ¿quién ganó el torneo? who won the tournament?
    2. (un sueldo) to earn
    ¿cuánto ganas al mes? how much do you earn a month?
    3. (a un contrincante) to beat [pt. beat; pp. beaten]
    4. (un trabajo) to get
    5. (superar a alguien) to be better

    Spanish-English dictionary > ganar

  • 3 um

    I Präp. (+ Akk)
    1. räumlich: round, Am. around
    2. zeitlich, ungefähr: about, around; genau: at; so um halb fünf umg. at around ( oder about) half past four
    3. Maß: um... steigen, kürzen etc.: by; um die Häfte größer etc.: by half
    4. (für) for; Schritt um Schritt step by step
    6. um einer Sache oder jemandes willen for the sake of; drehen III, handeln1 I 4; ums etc.
    II Konj.: um zu (+ Inf.) (in order) to (+ Inf.) um ehrlich zu sein to be honest; zu krank, um zu arbeiten too ill to work
    III Adv.
    1. (etwa) about, around
    2. um (vorüber) sein be over; die Zeit ist um bei Prüfung, Quiz etc.: time’s up
    * * *
    in order to (Konj.); to (Konj.);
    (räumlich) around (Präp.); round (Präp.);
    (ungefähr) about (Präp.); around (Präp.);
    (zeitlich genau) at (Präp.)
    * * *
    ụm [ʊm]
    1. prep +acc
    1)

    um... (herum) — round (Brit), around; (unbestimmter

    2)

    (= nach allen Seiten) um sich schauen — to look around (one) or about one

    um sich schlagen —

    3)

    (zur ungefähren Zeitangabe) um... (herum) — around about; (bei Uhrzeiten auch) at about

    um Weihnachten/Ostern etc — around Christmas/Easter etc

    5) (= betreffend, über) about

    es geht um das Prinzip — it's a question of principles, it's the principle of the thing

    6) (=für Ergebnis, Ziel bezeichnend) for

    der Kampf um die Stadt/den Titel — the battle for the town/the title

    um etw rufen/bitten etc — to cry/ask etc for sth

    7)

    (= wegen) die Sorge um die Zukunft — concern for or about the future

    um 10% teurer — 10% more expensive

    er ist um zwei Jahre jünger als sie — he is two years younger than she is, he is younger than her by two years

    um vieles besser — far better, better by far

    um nichts besser/teurer etc — no better/dearer etc → umso

    9)

    (bei Verlust) jdn um etw bringen — to deprive sb of sth

    um etw kommen — to be deprived of sth, to miss out on sth

    10) (= nach) after, upon

    einer um den anderen, eine um die andere — one after the other

    2. prep +gen

    um... willen — for the sake of

    3. conj

    um... zu (final) — (in order) to

    er spart jeden Cent, um sich später ein Haus kaufen zu können — he is saving every cent in order to be able to buy a house later

    intelligent genug/zu intelligent, um... zu — intelligent enough/too intelligent to...

    der Fluss schlängelt sich durch das enge Tal, um dann in der Ebene zu einem breiten Strom anzuwachsen — the stream winds through the narrow valley and then broadens out into a wide river in the plain

    er studierte jahrelang Jura, um dann Taxifahrer zu werden — he studied law for several years only to become a taxi driver

    4. adv
    1)

    (= ungefähr) um (die) 30 Schüler etc — about or (a)round about 30 pupils etc, 30 pupils etc or so

    * * *
    1) (around or surrounding: She wore a coat about her shoulders; He lay with his clothes scattered about.) about
    2) (time: He arrived at ten o'clock; The children came at the sound of the bell.) at
    3) ((of time) not later than: by 6 o'clock.) by
    4) (to the extent of: taller by ten centimetres.) by
    * * *
    um
    [ʊm]
    I. präp + akk
    ▪ \um jdn/etw [herum] around [or BRIT ALSO OR, USU AM fam round] sb/sth
    sie wohnt gleich \um die Ecke she lives just around [or BRIT ALSO OR, USU AM fam round] the corner
    bei ihm dreht sich alles \um Geld (fig) money is everything to him
    sich akk \um seine Achse drehen Rad to turn on its axle; MATH to rotate on its axis
    ganz \um etw [herum] all around [or BRIT ALSO OR, USU AM fam round] sth
    \um etw [herum]gehen/[herum]laufen to go/run around [or BRIT ALSO OR, USU AM fam round] sth
    ▪ \um jdn/etw around [or BRIT ALSO OR, USU AM fam round] sb/sth
    etw \um den Hals tragen to wear sth around [or BRIT ALSO OR, USU AM fam round] one's neck
    schwarze Ringe \um die Augen [dark] rings under one's eyes
    \um etw [herum]stehen:
    \um die Wiese [herum] stehen Bäume the meadow is bordered by trees
    das Team \um jdn (fig) the team headed by sb
    3. siehe auch Verb (nach allen Seiten)
    \um sich greifen to spread
    \um sich schlagen to lash out, to hit out in all directions
    \um sich treten akk to kick out in all directions
    mit etw dat \um sich werfen to throw sth about [or around
    4. siehe auch n (wechselnd)
    einen Tag \um den anderen every second day
    Tag \um Tag day after day
    Schlag \um Schlag blow by blow
    Schritt \um Schritt step by step
    Woche \um Woche week after week
    5. siehe auch Verb (vergleichend)
    \um einiges [o manches] besser quite a bit better
    \um nichts enger/breiter no narrower/wider
    den Preis \um die Hälfte/ \um 10 Euro [auf 30 Euro] reduzieren to halve the price/to reduce the price by €10 [to €30]
    \um einen Kopf größer/kleiner a head taller/shorter by a head
    \um 10 cm länger/kürzer 10 cm longer/shorter
    \um 10 Euro kann man es kaufen you can buy it for €10
    7. siehe auch adj, n, Verb (bezüglich)
    \um was geht es denn? (fam) what's it about?
    \um etw bitten/kämpfen to ask/fight for sth
    ein Film \um etw a film about sth
    froh \um etw happy about sth
    \um etw laufen DIAL to go and fetch sth
    ein Skandal \um etw a scandal centred BRIT [or AM -ered] on sth
    \um etw streiten to argue about sth
    das Wissen \um etw knowledge of sth
    \um meinetwillen for my sake
    ▪ \um jdn/etw for sb/sth
    ▪ \um jds/einer S. gen willen for the sake of sb [or for sb's sake]/for the sake of sth
    II. adv
    \um fünf [Uhr] at five o'clock
    \um [die] eine Million Euro [herum] about [or around] a million euros, a million euros or thereabout[s]
    es wurde \um 1740 geschrieben it was written around 1740 [or in 1740 or thereabout[s]]
    \um Ostern/den 15./die Mitte des Monats [herum] around Easter/the 15th/the middle of the month
    \um fünf Uhr herum at about five o'clock
    ▪ \um sein to be over; Frist to have expired
    die Zeit ist \um time's up
    4.
    ▶ \um und \um DIAL completely
    III. konj
    ▪ jd/etw tut etw, \um etw zu tun sb/sth does sth [in order] to do sth
    ▪ jd/etw tut etw, \um etw nicht zu tun sb/sth does sth so as not to do sth
    ein Rechner, \um Texte zu bearbeiten a computer for editing texts
    \um die Verkaufszahlen zu erhöhen, muss das Verkaufsgebiet aufgeteilt werden if the sales figures are to improve, the sales area must be divided up
    sie erhält Geld, \um sie zum Schweigen zu bringen she receives money to keep quiet
    die Zeit reicht [nicht] aus, \um es zu Ende zu bringen there's [not] enough time to finish it
    etw brauchen, \um etw zu tun to need sth to do sth [or before one can do sth]
    glücklich/verzweifelt sein, \um etw zu tun to be so happy/desperate that one could do sth
    naiv/reich/schnell genug sein, \um etw zu tun to be naive/rich/fast enough to do sth
    nicht die/nicht genug Zeit haben, \um etw zu tun to not have the/enough time to do sth
    zu arm/klein/krank sein, \um etw zu tun to be too poor/small/ill to do sth
    ▪ es ist, \um etw zu tun:
    es ist, \um sich die Haare zu raufen! it makes you want to tear your hair!
    er kam herein, \um gleich wieder hinauszugehen he came in only to go out again soon after
    * * *
    1.
    1) (räumlich) [a]round

    um etwas herum — [a]round something

    um sich schlagen — lash or hit out

    2) (zeitlich) (genau) at; (etwa) around [about]

    um acht [Uhr] — at eight [o'clock]

    um den 20. August [herum] — around [about] 20 August

    3)

    Tag um Tag/Stunde um Stunde — day after day/hour after hour

    Meter um Meter/Schritt um Schritt — metre by metre/step by step

    4) (bei Maß- u. Mengenangaben) by

    die Temperatur stieg um 5 Grad — the temperature rose [by] five degrees

    um nichts/einiges/vieles besser sein — be no/somewhat/a lot better

    2.
    Adverb around; about

    um [die] 50 Personen [herum] — around or about or round about 50 people

    3.

    um... zu — [in order] to

    er ist groß genug, um... zu... — he is big enough to...

    * * *
    um
    A. präp (+akk)
    1. räumlich: round, US around
    2. zeitlich, ungefähr: about, around; genau: at;
    so um halb fünf umg at around ( oder about) half past four
    3. Maß:
    um … steigen, kürzen etc: by;
    um die Häfte größer etc: by half
    4. (für) for;
    Schritt um Schritt step by step
    6.
    willen for the sake of; → drehen C, handeln1 A 4; ums etc
    B. konj:
    um zu (+inf) (in order) to (+inf)
    um ehrlich zu sein to be honest;
    zu krank, um zu arbeiten too ill to work
    C. adv
    1. (etwa) about, around
    2.
    sein be over;
    die Zeit ist um bei Prüfung, Quiz etc: time’s up
    3.
    * * *
    1.
    1) (räumlich) [a]round

    um etwas herum — [a]round something

    um sich schlagen — lash or hit out

    2) (zeitlich) (genau) at; (etwa) around [about]

    um acht [Uhr] — at eight [o'clock]

    um den 20. August [herum] — around [about] 20 August

    3)

    Tag um Tag/Stunde um Stunde — day after day/hour after hour

    Meter um Meter/Schritt um Schritt — metre by metre/step by step

    4) (bei Maß- u. Mengenangaben) by

    die Temperatur stieg um 5 Grad — the temperature rose [by] five degrees

    um nichts/einiges/vieles besser sein — be no/somewhat/a lot better

    2.
    Adverb around; about

    um [die] 50 Personen [herum] — around or about or round about 50 people

    3.

    um... zu — [in order] to

    er ist groß genug, um... zu... — he is big enough to...

    * * *
    präp.
    at prep.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > um

  • 4 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 5 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 6 tener

    v.
    1 to have.
    tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother
    tener fiebre to have a temperature
    tuvieron una pelea they had a fight
    tener un niño to have a baby
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August
    Yo tengo una casa I have a house.
    El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.
    Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.
    Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.
    Tengo un primo I have a cousin,
    Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.
    Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.
    Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.
    Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.
    2 to be.
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old)
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid
    tener mal humor to be bad-tempered
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her
    3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).
    tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise
    4 to hold.
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle
    Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.
    5 to offer, to have.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hold
    3) own, possess
    4) feel
    •
    - tener que
    - tenerse por
    * * *
    Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
    1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

    ¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

    ¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

    tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

    ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

    2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

    tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

    tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

    3) [referido a edad] to be

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

    tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

    el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

    5) (=parir) to have
    6) (=medir) to be
    7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

    tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

    8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

    Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

    tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

    ¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

    9) (=sostener) to hold

    tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

    tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

    ¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

    10) (=recibir) to have

    ¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

    11) (=pensar, considerar)

    • tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

    • tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

    • tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

    • ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

    12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

    tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

    no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

    eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

    13) [locuciones]

    • ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

    • tener algo [de] + adj —

    ¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

    • tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

    • tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

    - ¿conque esas tenemos?

    no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

    2. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) tener que ({+ infin})
    a) [indicando obligación]

    tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

    tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

    tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

    b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

    ¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

    tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

    c) [en reproches]

    ¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

    ¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

    ¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

    d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]
    2) + participio
    3) + adj

    me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

    4) esp Méx (=llevar)

    tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llave — take o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.
    Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    ----
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']
    1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

    ¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

    no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

    aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

    ¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

    2)
    a) ( llevar encima) to have

    ¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

    b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing
    3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

    tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

    tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

    tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

    4)
    a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

    tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

    le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

    ¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

    5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have
    6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    7) ( tomar)

    ten la llave — take o here's the key

    8) ( recibir) to have
    9)
    a) ( sentir)

    tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

    tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

    ¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

    b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

    tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

    c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

    ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

    11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

    lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

    12) ( considerar)

    tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it

    2.
    tener v aux
    1)
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

    tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

    tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

    tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

    tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

    ¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

    3.
    tenerse v pron

    no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

    2) (refl) ( considerarse)

    tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

    * * *
    = bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

    Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.
    Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.
    Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.
    Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.
    Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.
    * acabar teniendo = end up with.
    * acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.
    * a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * del que se tiene constancia = recorded.
    * demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.
    * el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.
    * empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.
    * empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.
    * estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.
    * negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.
    * no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.
    * no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.
    * no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.
    * no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * no tener errores = be error-free.
    * no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.
    * no tener fin = there + be + no end to.
    * no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.
    * no tener fundamento = be unfounded.
    * no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.
    * no tener hijos = be childless.
    * no tener hogar = be homeless.
    * no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.
    * no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.
    * no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.
    * no tener información = be undocumented.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.
    * no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.
    * no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.
    * no tener la preparación = be untrained.
    * no tener límite = have + no limit.
    * no tener límites = be boundless.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.
    * no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.
    * no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.
    * no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.
    * no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.
    * no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.
    * no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.
    * no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.
    * no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.
    * no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.
    * no tener opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otra opción = have + no choice.
    * no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.
    * no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.
    * no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.
    * no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.
    * no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.
    * no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no tener razón = be wrong.
    * no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.
    * no tener representación = be unrepresented.
    * no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.
    * no tener rival = be second to none.
    * no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.
    * no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.
    * no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.
    * no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.
    * no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.
    * no tener suerte = be out of luck.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * no tener trabajo = be unemployed.
    * no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.
    * no tener un duro = not have a bean.
    * no tener valor = be valueless.
    * no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....
    * ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....
    * parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].
    * que no tiene precio = priceless.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * que tiene precio = priced.
    * que tiene sentido = meaningful.
    * que tiene solución = solvable.
    * revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.
    * sin tener = in the absence of.
    * sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.
    * tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.
    * tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.
    * tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.
    * tener afinidades = share + common ground.
    * tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.
    * tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.
    * tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.
    * tener algo en contra de = have + something against.
    * tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.
    * tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.
    * tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.
    * tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.
    * tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.
    * tener ansias de = crave, crave for.
    * tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.
    * tener antojo de = crave, crave for.
    * tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.
    * tener aspecto = look.
    * tener atrasos = be in arrears.
    * tener aversión a = have + aversion to.
    * tener beneficios = have + benefits.
    * tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.
    * tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.
    * tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.
    * tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.
    * tener bulla = be in a hurry.
    * tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.
    * tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener características en común = share + similarities.
    * tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener carencias = find + wanting.
    * tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.
    * tener causa justificada = have + good cause.
    * tener cautela = proceed + with caution.
    * tener celos = feel + jealous.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * tener coherencia = cohere.
    * tener cólicos = be colicky.
    * tener como consecuencia = result (in).
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.
    * tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener compasión de = have + compassion for.
    * tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.
    * tener consecuencias = have + consequences.
    * tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.
    * tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.
    * tener contacto = have + contact.
    * tener contactos = liaise (with/between).
    * tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener control sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.
    * tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.
    * tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).
    * tener cosas en común = share + common ground.
    * tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.
    * tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.
    * tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.
    * tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).
    * tener cultivos = grow + crops.
    * tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.
    * tener delante = have + before.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.
    * tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.
    * tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.
    * tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.
    * tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.
    * tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.
    * tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.
    * tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.
    * tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.
    * tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.
    * tener el derecho de = have + the right to.
    * tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.
    * tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.
    * tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.
    * tener el honor de = have + the honour of.
    * tener el lujo = have + luxury.
    * tener el mando = rule + the roost.
    * tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.
    * tener el placer de = take + pleasure.
    * tener el plazo cumplido = be due.
    * tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.
    * tener el valor = have + the courage.
    * tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.
    * tener en común con = partake (in/of).
    * tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.
    * tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.
    * tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.
    * tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.
    * tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.
    * tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.
    * tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.
    * tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.
    * tener entre manos = be up to.
    * tener envidia de = envy.
    * tener errores = be flawed.
    * tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.
    * tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.
    * tener experiencia = have + experience.
    * tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.
    * tener fallos = be flawed.
    * tener fe = have + faith (in).
    * tener fe en = have + faith (in).
    * tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.
    * tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.
    * tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.
    * tener frenillo = lisp.
    * tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.
    * tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.
    * tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.
    * tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.
    * tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.
    * tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.
    * tener gancho = be engaging.
    * tener gastos = incur + costs.
    * tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.
    * tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener gran importancia = be of high significance.
    * tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.
    * tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.
    * tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * tener hijos = father + children, have + children.
    * tener hipo = hiccup.
    * tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.
    * tener horror a = loathe, hate.
    * tener idea = have + a clue.
    * tener impacto = make + impact.
    * tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).
    * tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.
    * tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.
    * tener indigestión = have + indigestion.
    * tener influencias = have + pull.
    * tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.
    * tener iniciativa = be proactive.
    * tener intereses en = have + a stake in.
    * tener intereses en juego = have + invested.
    * tener interés por = have + an interest in.
    * tener interés por/en = be interested in.
    * tener inventiva = be inventive.
    * tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).
    * tener la autoridad = have + mandate.
    * tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.
    * tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).
    * tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.
    * tener la certeza de = feel + confident.
    * tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.
    * tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.
    * tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.
    * tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).
    * tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.
    * tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la doble función = double as, double up as.
    * tener la facultad de = have + powers to.
    * tener la fama de = have + a good record for.
    * tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.
    * tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la función de = be in the business of.
    * tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.
    * tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.
    * tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.
    * tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.
    * tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.
    * tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.
    * tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.
    * tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.
    * tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.
    * tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).
    * tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.
    * tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.
    * tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.
    * tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.
    * tener la potestad = have + mandate.
    * tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.
    * tener lapsus = have + lapses.
    * tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.
    * tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.
    * tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.
    * tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.
    * tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.
    * tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tener lástima = pity.
    * tener lástima de = take + pity on.
    * tener la tentación de = be tempted to.
    * tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.
    * tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * tener libertad = have + freedom.
    * tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.
    * tenerlo crudo = not be easy.
    * tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.
    * tenerlo duro = not be easy.
    * tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.
    * tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.
    * tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * tener madera de = be cut out for.
    * tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.
    * tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.
    * tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * tener mal de amores = be lovesick.
    * tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener mérito = be meritorious.
    * tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.
    * tener miedo a = be scared of.
    * tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.
    * tener motivo = be right.
    * tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.
    * tener motivo para = have + cause to.
    * tener movilidad = be mobile.
    * tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * tener mucho carácter = be full of character.
    * tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.
    * tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.
    * tener mucho interés por = be keen to.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.
    * tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.
    * tener noticias de = hear from.
    * tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.
    * tener obligación = have + obligation.
    * tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).
    * tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.
    * tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener opinión = take + view.
    * tener paciencia = be patient.
    * tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.
    * tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.
    * tener paralelo = have + parallel.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * tener pérdidas = make + a loss.
    * tener perplejo = stump.
    * tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.
    * tener poca información = be information poor.
    * tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.
    * tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener poco valor = be of little value.
    * tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.
    * tener por término medio = average.
    * tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.
    * tener potencial = have + potential.
    * tener precaución de = be chary of.
    * tener precedencia = take + priority.
    * tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.
    * tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).
    * tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.
    * tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.
    * tener prioridad = trump.
    * tener prisa = be in a hurry.
    * tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.
    * tener problemas = have + problems.
    * tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.
    * tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.
    * tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.
    * tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.
    * tener que = have to, hafta [have to].
    * tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.
    * tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.
    * tener que competir con = face + competition from.
    * tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.
    * tener que ocurrir = be boun

    * * *
    tener [ E27 ]
    ■ tener (verbo transitivo)
    A poseer, disponer de
    B
    1 llevar encima
    2 llevar puesto
    C actividades, obligaciones
    D
    1 señalando características
    2 expresando edad
    3 con idea de posibilidad
    E dar a luz
    A sujetar, sostener
    B tomar
    A recibir
    B
    1 sentir
    2 refiriéndose a síntomas
    3 refiriéndose a sucesos
    C refiriéndose a actitudes
    A indicando estado, situación
    B tener algo/a alguien por algo
    ■ tener (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 tener que: obligación
    2 tener que: propósito
    B tener que: certeza
    A con participio pasado
    B en expresiones de tiempo
    ■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)
    A sostenerse
    B tenerse por algo
    vt
    [El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']
    A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have
    ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one
    ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?
    tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary
    no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives
    no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money
    no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to
    tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like
    aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit
    ¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?
    ¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?
    no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure
    tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)
    tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)
    B
    1 (llevar encima) to have
    ¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?
    no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)
    ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?
    2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on
    ¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!
    C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have
    esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight
    los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays
    tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner
    tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron
    D
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have
    tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair
    tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave
    tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing
    tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults
    la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light
    tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide
    ¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?
    tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father
    tener algo DE algo:
    ¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?
    no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
    (expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?
    tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)
    tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father
    el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old
    3
    (con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair
    el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble
    E (dar a luz) to have
    tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby
    A (sujetar, sostener) to hold
    sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you
    ¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?
    tenlo derecho hold it upright
    B
    (tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key
    A (recibir) to have
    hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month
    la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received
    tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her
    B
    1
    (sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold
    tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother
    no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything
    le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house
    tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …
    ¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?
    2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have
    tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache
    ¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?
    está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him
    3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have
    tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer
    tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream
    que tengas buen viaje have a good trip
    tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him
    C
    (refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect
    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful
    tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me
    tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went
    bien2 adv G. (↑ bien (2))
    A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):
    el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty
    la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken
    tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front
    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty
    tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed
    lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away
    ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already
    la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time
    lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb
    eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that
    me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon
    nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour
    a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid
    tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick
    ¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?
    B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:
    se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country
    lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon
    siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy
    ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it
    ■
    A
    1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:
    tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today
    tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin
    no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button
    no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine
    no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations
    no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much
    tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this
    2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:
    tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie
    tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise
    tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good
    B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:
    tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer
    tiene que haber sido él it must have been him
    tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home
    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?
    ver2 vt I. (↑ ver (2))
    A
    (con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?
    ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out
    tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow
    tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection
    te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that
    teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday
    tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up
    B
    ( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years
    tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years
    A
    (sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand
    tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)
    B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:
    se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    tener    
    tener algo
    tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
    1
    a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;


    no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
    tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
    b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

    ◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

    c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

    ◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

    tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
    d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

    2
    a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;


    tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
    le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

    ◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

    tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
    3
    a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;


    b) ( tomar):

    ◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

    4
    a) ( sentir):

    ◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

    le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
    tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
    b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

    ◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

    c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;


    5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):

    ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
    tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
    6 (indicando estado, situación):

    tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
    tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
    me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
    tener v aux
    1 tener que hacer algo
    a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

    ◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

    tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
    b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):


    tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him


    ¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
    2 ( con participio pasado):
    ◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

    te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
    teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
    3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):

    tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
    tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):

    no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
    tener
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
    no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
    tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
    tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
    no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
    (ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
    3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
    4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
    5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
    nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
    tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
    6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
    7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
    tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
    ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
    tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
    8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
    no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
    9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
    (medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
    10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
    nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
    tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
    me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
    11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
    tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
    tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
    II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
    Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
    La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
    Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

    ' tener' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrigar
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - acarrear
    - accidente
    - acostumbrar
    - admirar
    - adolecer
    - agobiarse
    - añorar
    - antena
    - apetecer
    - apremiar
    - aptitud
    - arcada
    - arte
    - banco
    - bombera
    - bombero
    - burbuja
    - cabida
    - cabronada
    - cacao
    - caer
    - cagalera
    - calor
    - cantar
    - capaz
    - carácter
    - carrete
    - celebrarse
    - céntimo
    - certeza
    - certidumbre
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - conciencia
    - conllevar
    - consecuencia
    - constar
    - contingente
    - corazón
    - correa
    - correrse
    - cosa
    - cosquillas
    - costar
    - creer
    - cruda
    - crudo
    English:
    access
    - accommodate
    - act
    - add up
    - afraid
    - agree
    - aim to
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - approve of
    - around
    - associate
    - attached
    - augment
    - authoritarian
    - ax
    - axe
    - barrel
    - be
    - bear
    - bear with
    - bearing
    - begrudge
    - believe in
    - belong
    - beware
    - boast
    - bone
    - boomerang
    - breathing space
    - broody
    - brush
    - butterfly
    - calculate
    - careful
    - celebrate
    - clash
    - clever
    - come off
    - command
    - connected
    - conscience
    - consider
    - consideration
    - count
    - crash
    - date
    - daunt
    - debt
    - depend
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;
    no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;
    ¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;
    ¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;
    tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;
    tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;
    muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;
    el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;
    ¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;
    ¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;
    tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;
    tener un niño to have a baby;
    no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
    RP Fam
    tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;
    ¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;
    no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;
    muy Fam
    tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;
    tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own
    2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;
    tener fiebre to have a temperature;
    tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;
    doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;
    no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;
    tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;
    tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;
    mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;
    ¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;
    no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;
    tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves
    3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;
    tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;
    ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;
    tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
    Am
    tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;
    tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;
    tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;
    tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;
    tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;
    me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;
    le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;
    tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying
    4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
    tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;
    tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;
    tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;
    me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;
    eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;
    esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;
    un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;
    nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;
    me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;
    nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;
    la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant
    5. [sujetar] to hold;
    tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;
    ¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;
    ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high
    6. [tomar]
    ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;
    ¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;
    ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer
    7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;
    tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;
    el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;
    tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;
    tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;
    tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;
    tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;
    tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed
    8. [valorar, estimar]
    tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;
    me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
    Formal
    tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;
    les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…
    9. [guardar, contener] to keep;
    ¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;
    ¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;
    la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;
    esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account
    10. RP Fam
    tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;
    ¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;
    ¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;
    ¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!
    ♦ v aux
    1. [antes de participio] [haber]
    teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;
    ¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;
    te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;
    tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married
    2.
    tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;
    tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;
    ¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;
    tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;
    tiene que ser así it has to be this way;
    tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;
    teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;
    no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;
    si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;
    no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to
    3.
    tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;
    tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;
    tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;
    tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking
    4.
    tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;
    las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;
    tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;
    tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else
    5.
    tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;
    actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;
    se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;
    ¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;
    no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;
    lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;
    aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;
    es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;
    tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;
    dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;
    ¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?
    * * *
    v/t
    1 have;
    tener 10 años be 10 (years old);
    tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length
    2
    :
    ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy
    3
    :
    tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth
    4
    :
    tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;
    tuve que madrugar I had to get up early
    5
    :
    conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;
    no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;
    no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;
    eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous
    * * *
    tener {80} vt
    1) : to have
    tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes
    tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do
    tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old
    tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long
    2) : to hold
    ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment
    3) : to feel, to make
    tengo frío: I'm cold
    eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy
    4)
    tener por : to think, to consider
    me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy
    tener v aux
    1)
    tener que : to have to
    tengo que salir: I have to leave
    tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here
    tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you
    * * *
    tener vb
    1. (en general) to have
    En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?
    2. (edad, tamaño) to be
    tener que ver to have to do with / to concern
    no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener

  • 7 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 8 descansar

    v.
    1 to rest, to lie.
    descansó la cabeza en mi hombro he laid o rested his head on my shoulder
    dormir descansa la vista sleep gives your eyes o eyesight a rest
    descansó un rato antes de seguir he rested for a while before continuing
    después de tanto trabajo necesito descansar I need a rest after all that work
    ¿paramos a o para descansar? how about stopping for a rest?
    necesitas descansar de tantas preocupaciones you need a break from all these worries
    descansaremos en una hora we'll take a break in an hour
    llevo cuatro horas trabajando sin descansar I've been working for four hours non-stop o without a break
    3 to sleep.
    ¡que descanses! sleep well!
    que en paz descanse may he/she rest in peace
    * * *
    1 (gen) to rest, have a rest; (un momento) to take a break
    2 (dormir) to sleep
    ■ ¡que descanses! sleep well!
    3 (confiar) to rely (en, on)
    4 (apoyarse) to rest ( sobre, on), be supported ( sobre, by)
    5 (basarse) to be based (en, on)
    6 (estar enterrado) to lie, rest
    7 (un terreno) to lie fallow
    1 (aliviar) to rest
    2 MILITAR to order
    \
    descansar en paz to rest in peace
    ¡descansen armas! order arms!
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=reposar) to rest, have a rest

    siéntate aquí y descansa — sit down here and have a rest, sit down here and rest

    paramos en un bar a o para descansar — we stopped at a bar for a rest o to have a rest

    2) (=dormir)

    a medianoche, se retiraron a descansar — at midnight they retired (to bed)

    ¡hasta mañana! ¡que descanses! — see you in the morning! sleep well!

    3)

    descansar sobre algo — [cúpula, tejado] to be supported by sth, rest on sth; [argumento, tesis] to be based on sth

    4) (=estar enterrado)

    tu tío, que en paz descanse — your uncle, may he rest in peace

    5) (Mil)

    ¡descansen! — at ease!, stand at ease!

    6) (Agr) [terreno, parcela] to rest, lie fallow
    2. VT
    1) (=apoyar) to rest
    2) (Mil)

    ¡descansen armas! — order arms!

    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (de actividad, trabajo) to rest, have a rest

    descansen! — (Mil) (stand) at ease!

    descansar de algo — to have a rest o break from something

    b) ( en la cama) to rest, have a rest

    buenas noches, que descanses — goodnight, sleep well

    c) ( yacer) to lie
    2) tierra to lie fallow
    3) ( apoyarse)

    descansar en or sobre algo — techo/bóveda to rest on o upon something; teoría to rest o hinge on something

    2.
    a)

    descansar la vista — to rest one's eyes, to give one's eyes a rest

    b) (Mil)
    * * *
    = break off, put + Posesivo + feet up, give + Reflexivo + a break, lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    Ex. During this period the compositors worked non-stop, breaking off only to eat, for the almost incredible period of fifty hours: two days and two nights without rest 'in an atmosphere that would poison a vulture'.
    Ex. Don't you think, Juan, that when the reference librarian or somebody from the circulation desk comes down to the staff room after a tough morning, they should be able to put their feet up and enjoy a smoke?.
    Ex. The article is entitled ' Give yourself a break; don't give the hacker one. Security breaches'.
    Ex. But that is no reason for lying on our oars and refusing to see that our service is full of absurdities and mistakes.
    Ex. While we can be proud of what we have achieved I believe resting on our oars is a sure recipe for failure.
    ----
    * descansar en = rely on/upon, lean against.
    * descansar la mente = relieve + mind.
    * descansar sobre = lean on/upon, rest on/upon.
    * no descansar en + Posesivo + tumba = spin + in + Posesivo + grave.
    * sin descansar = without (a) rest, without a break.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (de actividad, trabajo) to rest, have a rest

    descansen! — (Mil) (stand) at ease!

    descansar de algo — to have a rest o break from something

    b) ( en la cama) to rest, have a rest

    buenas noches, que descanses — goodnight, sleep well

    c) ( yacer) to lie
    2) tierra to lie fallow
    3) ( apoyarse)

    descansar en or sobre algo — techo/bóveda to rest on o upon something; teoría to rest o hinge on something

    2.
    a)

    descansar la vista — to rest one's eyes, to give one's eyes a rest

    b) (Mil)
    * * *
    = break off, put + Posesivo + feet up, give + Reflexivo + a break, lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.

    Ex: During this period the compositors worked non-stop, breaking off only to eat, for the almost incredible period of fifty hours: two days and two nights without rest 'in an atmosphere that would poison a vulture'.

    Ex: Don't you think, Juan, that when the reference librarian or somebody from the circulation desk comes down to the staff room after a tough morning, they should be able to put their feet up and enjoy a smoke?.
    Ex: The article is entitled ' Give yourself a break; don't give the hacker one. Security breaches'.
    Ex: But that is no reason for lying on our oars and refusing to see that our service is full of absurdities and mistakes.
    Ex: While we can be proud of what we have achieved I believe resting on our oars is a sure recipe for failure.
    * descansar en = rely on/upon, lean against.
    * descansar la mente = relieve + mind.
    * descansar sobre = lean on/upon, rest on/upon.
    * no descansar en + Posesivo + tumba = spin + in + Posesivo + grave.
    * sin descansar = without (a) rest, without a break.

    * * *
    descansar [A1 ]
    vi
    A
    1 (de una actividad, un trabajo) to rest, have a rest, have o take a break
    no puedo más, vamos a descansar un rato I'm exhausted! let's rest for a while o let's have a rest o let's take a break o ( colloq) breather
    trabajé toda la mañana sin descansar I worked all morning without a break
    se pararon a descansar they stopped for a rest
    no descansaré hasta que haya justicia en este país I shall not rest until there is justice in this country
    ¡descansen! ( Mil) stand at ease!, at ease!
    descansar DE algo to have a rest o break FROM sth
    necesita descansar de los niños she needs a break from the children
    2 (en la cama) to rest, have a rest
    dormí ocho horas pero no he descansado I slept eight hours but I don't feel rested o refreshed
    buenas noches, que descanses goodnight, sleep well
    3
    «muerto»: tu abuelo, que en paz descanse, … your grandfather, God rest his soul, …
    los dos descansan juntos en su pueblo natal they lie buried together in their birthplace
    aquí descansan los restos del poeta here lie the remains of the poet
    B «tierra» to lie fallow
    C (apoyarse) descansar EN or SOBRE algo «techo/bóveda» to rest ON o UPON sth; «teoría» to rest o hinge ON sth
    ■ descansar
    vt
    1
    descansar la vista to rest one's eyes, to give one's eyes a rest
    cambia de actividad para descansar la mente do something else to give your mind a break o rest
    2 ( Mil):
    ¡descansen armas! order arms!
    * * *

     

    descansar ( conjugate descansar) verbo intransitivo
    a) (de actividad, trabajo) to rest, have a rest;


    descansar de algo to have a rest o break from sth
    b) ( yacer) to lie;


    verbo transitivo

    descansar la mente to give one's mind a break o rest
    descansar verbo intransitivo
    1 to rest, have a rest
    (un momento) to take a break
    2 euf que en paz descanse, may he/she rest in peace o God rest his/her soul

    ' descansar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    gravitar
    - sostenerse
    - apoyar
    - falta
    - mandar
    - reposar
    English:
    break
    - foot
    - relax
    - repose
    - rest
    - sit-down
    - unwind
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [reposar] to rest, to lie;
    descansó la cabeza en mi hombro he laid o rested his head on my shoulder
    2. [relajar] to rest;
    dormir descansa la vista sleep gives your eyes o eyesight a rest;
    al final de la jornada doy un paseo para descansar la mente at the end of the day I go for a walk to take my mind off work
    3. Mil
    ¡descansen armas! order arms!
    ♦ vi
    1. [reposar] to rest;
    descansó un rato antes de seguir he rested for a while before continuing;
    después de tanto trabajo necesito descansar I need a rest after all that work;
    ¿paramos a o [m5] para descansar? how about stopping for a rest?;
    descansaremos en una hora we'll take a break in an hour;
    llevo cuatro horas trabajando sin descansar I've been working for four hours non-stop o without a break;
    descansar de algo [algo molesto] to have a rest o break from sth;
    necesitas descansar de tantas preocupaciones you need a break from all these worries;
    no descansar hasta conseguir algo not to rest until one has achieved sth
    2. [dormir] to sleep;
    ¿has conseguido descansar con este ruido? did you manage to sleep with that noise?;
    ¡que descanses! sleep well!
    3. [estar enterrado] to lie;
    sus restos descansan en el cementerio local she lies buried in the local cemetery;
    aquí descansan los caídos en la batalla here lie those fallen in the battle;
    que en paz descanse may he/she rest in peace
    4.
    descansar en o [m5] sobre algo [sujeto: viga, cúpula, tejado] to rest on sth, to be supported by sth;
    [sujeto: teoría, hipótesis, argumento] to rest on sth, to be based on sth
    5. [tierra de cultivo] to lie fallow
    6. Mil
    ¡descansen! at ease!
    * * *
    I v/i rest, have a rest;
    ¡que descanses! sleep well
    II v/t
    1 rest ( sobre on)
    2
    :
    ¡descansen armas! MIL order arms!
    * * *
    : to rest, to relax
    : to rest
    descansar la vista: to rest one's eyes
    * * *
    1. (en general) to rest
    2. (hacer una pausa) to have a break
    ¿por qué no descansas un rato? why don't you have a little break?
    3. (dormir) to sleep [pt. & pp. slept]
    ¡que descanses! sleep well!

    Spanish-English dictionary > descansar

  • 9 μετά

    μετά [[pron. full] ᾰ, but [pron. full] ᾱ in S.Ph. 184 (s. v. l., lyr.)], poet. [full] μεταί, dub., only in μεταιβολία; [dialect] Aeol., [dialect] Dor., Arc. πεδά (q.v.): Prep. with gen., dat., and acc. (Cf. Goth.
    A mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.)
    A WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, q.v.),
    I in the midst of, among, between, with pl. Nouns,

    μετ' ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων Od.10.320

    ;

    μ. δμώων πῖνε καὶ ἦσθε 16.140

    ;

    τῶν μέτα παλλόμενος Il.24.400

    ;

    πολλῶν μ. δούλων A.Ag. 1037

    ;

    μ. ζώντων εἶναι S.Ph. 1312

    ;

    ὅτων οἰκεῖς μέτα Id.OT 414

    ;

    μ. τῶν θεῶν διάγουσα Pl.Phd. 81a

     (but κεῖσθαι μ. τινός with one, S.Ant.73): sts. the pl. is implied, μετ' οὐδενὸς ἀνδρῶν ναίειν, i.e. among no men, Id.Ph. 1103 (lyr.), etc.
    II in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν)

    , μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο Il.13.700

    , cf. 21.458; συνδιεπολέμησαν

    τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων IG12.108.7

    ;

    μ. ξυμμάχων ξυγκινδυνεύσειν Th.8.24

    , cf. 6.79, etc.; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, IG12.91.10: in this sense freq. (not in ll., Od., Pi., rare in early Gr.) with sg., μετ' Ἀθηναίης with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, h.Hom. 20.2;

    μ. εἷο Hes.Th. 392

    ; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, A.Pr. 1067 (anap.), S.Ant.70; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, Th.3.56;

    μ. τοῦ ἠδικημένου ἔσεσθαι X.Cyr.2.4.7

    ;

    μ. τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου Pl.Ap. 32b

    : generally, with, together with, with Subst. in sg. first in Hdt. (in whom it is rare exc. in the phrase οἱ μ. τινός, v. infr.), as

    κοιμᾶσθαι μ. τινός 3.68

    , Timocl.22.2;

    εὕδειν μ. τινός Hdt.3.84

    ; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, Id.1.86, al., Pl.Prt. 315b: freq. with Prons.,

    μετ' αὐτοῦ S. Ant.73

    ;

    μετ' ἐμοῦ Ar.Ach. 661

     (anap.), etc.: less freq. of things,

    στέγη πυρὸς μ. S.Ph. 298

    ;

    μ. κιθάρας E.IA 1037

     (lyr.);

    μ. τυροῦ Ar.Eq. 771

    , etc.;

    τὴν δίαιταν μεθ' ὅπλων ἐποιήσαντο Th.1.6

    , cf. E.Or. 573;

    ὄχλος μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Ev.Matt.26.47

    : indicating community of action and serving to join two subjects, Κλεομένης μετὰ Ἀθηναίων C. and the Athenians, Th.1.126: with pl. Verb,

    Δημοσθένης μ. τῶν ξυστρατήγων σπένδονται Id.3.109

    , etc.; of things, in conjunction with,

    ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας Pl.R. 591b

    ; γῆρας μ. πενίας ib. 330a.
    III later, in one's dealings with,

    ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ' αὐτῶν Act.Ap. 14.27

    ;

    ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος μετ' αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.10.36

    ;

    τί ἡμῖν συνέβη μ. τῶν ἀρχόντων PAmh.2.135.15

     (ii A.D.): even of hostile action,

    σὺ ποιεῖς μετ' ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν LXX Jd.11.27

    , cf. 15.3;

    πολεμῆσαι μ. τινός Apoc.12.7

    , cf. Apollod.Poliorc.190.4 codd. (but μ. may be a gloss), Wilcken Chr.23.10 (v A.D.), OGI201.3 (Nubia, vi A. D.): to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner,

    τὸ ἄπραγμον.. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον Th.2.63

    , etc.;

    ἱκετεῦσαι μ. δακρύων Pl.Ap. 34c

    ;

    οἴκτου μέτα S.OC 1636

    ;

    μετ' ἀσφαλείας μὲν δοξάζομεν, μετὰ δέους δὲ.. ἐλλείπομεν Th.1.120

    , cf. IG22.791.12;

    μ. ῥυθμοῦ βαίνοντες Th.5.70

    ; ὅσα μετ' ἐλπίδων λυμαίνεται ib. 103, etc.;

    ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ' ἀληθείας Pl.Grg. 526c

    , cf. Phdr. 249a, 253d; also, by means of,

    μετ' ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν X.Mem. 3.5.8

    ;

    γράφε μ. μέλανος PMag.Lond.121.226

    .
    2 serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, Th.2.15;

    ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι Pl.Phdr. 255b

    .
    IV rarely of Time, μ. τοῦ γυμνάζεσθαι ἠλείψαντο, for ἅμα, Th.1.6; μετ' ἀνοκωχῆς during.., Id.5.25.
    B WITH DAT., only poet., mostly [dialect] Ep.:
    I between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly = ἐν, which is sts. exchanged with it,

    μ. πρώτοισι.. ἐν πυμάτοισι Il.11.64

    :
    1 of persons, among, in company with,

    μετ' ἀθανάτοισι Il.1.525

    ;

    μετ' ἀνθρώποις B.5.30

    ;

    μ. κόραισι Νηρῆος Pi.O.2.29

    ; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), Il.1.252; of haranguing an assembly,

    μετ' Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις 10.250

    , etc.; between, of two parties,

    φιλότητα μετ' ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν 4.16

    .
    2 of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, 13.668, 22.28, Od.3.91;

    δεινὸν δ' ἐστὶ θανεῖν μ. κύμασιν Hes. Op. 687

    ;

    χαῖται δ' ἐρρώοντο μ. πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο Il.23.367

    ;

    αἰετὼ.. ἐπέτοντο μ. π. ἀ. Od.2.148

    .
    3 of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 184, S. Ph. 1110 (lyr.), etc.;

    τὸν μ. χ. ἐρύσατο Il.5.344

    ; ὅς κεν.. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', 19.110; so μ. γένυσσιν, γαμφηλῇσιν, 11.416, 13.200;

    μ. φρεσί 4.245

    , etc.
    II to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, Od.9.335, cf. Il.3.188; Οὖτιν.. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, Od.9.369, cf. A.Pers. 613, Theoc.1.39, 17.84.
    III c. dat. sg., only of collect. Nouns (or the equivalent of such,

    μεθ' αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν Il.15.118

    ),

    μ. στροφάλιγγι κονίης 21.503

    ;

    στρατῷ 22.49

    ;

    μ. πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ 19.50

    , etc.;

    μετ' ἀνδρῶν.. ἀριθμῷ Od.11.449

    ;

    μετ' ἄλλῳ λαῷ A.Ch. 365

     (lyr.).
    I of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, esp. where a number of persons is implied,

    ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς Il.3.264

    ;

    μ. φῦλα θεῶν 15.54

    , cf. Od.3.366, al.;

    μ. μῶλον Ἄρηος Il.16.245

    ;

    μ. λαὸν Ἀχαιών 5.573

    , al.; μ. στρατόν, μεθ' ὅμιλον, μεθ' ὁμήγυριν, 5.589, 14.21, 20.142: so of birds, ὥς τ' αἰγυπιὸς μ. χῆνας (though this may be referred to signf. 2), 17.460; of things,

    εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας 12.123

    ; με μ... ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, 2.376; of place,

    μ. τ' ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων 6.511

    ; δράγματα μετ' ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, 18.552.
    2 in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sts. in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ' ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek Nestor, Il.10.73, cf. 15.221: sts. in hostile sense, βῆναι μ. τινά to go after, pursue him, 5.152, 6.21, al.; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, Od.1.184; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, 2.308, cf. 13.415;

    οἴχονται μ. δεῖπνον Il.19.346

    ; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, 20.329; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ' ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, 7.418, cf. 420;

    μ. δούρατος ᾤχετ' ἐρωήν 11.357

    ;

    μ. γὰρ δόρυ ᾔει οἰσόμενος 13.247

    .
    II of sequence or succession,
    1 of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ', ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, Il.13.492, cf. Od.6.260, 21.190, h.Ven.69;

    ἔσχατοι μ. Κύνητας οἰκέουσι Hdt.4.49

    ; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, Theo Sm.p.122 H.
    2 of Time, after, next to,

    μ. δαῖτας Od.22.352

    ; μεθ' Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, Il.18.96;

    μ. Πάτροκλόν γε θανόντα 24.575

    , cf. Hdt. 1.34;

    μετ' εὐχάν A.Ag. 231

     (lyr.), etc.;

    μ. ταῦτα

     thereupon, there-after,

    h.Merc.126

    , etc.;

    τὸ μ. ταῦτα Pl.Phlb. 34c

    ;

    τὸ μ. τοῦτο Id.Criti. 120a

    ; μετ' ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, Id.Lg. 646c;

    μ. μικρόν Luc. Demon.8

    ;

    μ. ἡμέρας τρεῖς μ. τὴν ἄφεδρον Dsc.2.19

    ;

    μ. ἔτη δύο J.BJ 1.13.1

    ;

    μ. τρίτον ἔτος Thphr.HP4.2.8

    ; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, h.Merc. 326: but μετ' ἡμέρην by day, opp. νυκτός, Hdt.2.150, cf. Pl.Phdr. 251e, etc.; μεθ' ἡμέραν, opp. νύκτωρ, E.Ba. 485;

    μ. νύκτας Pi.N.6.6

    ; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, Pl.Lg. 794c.
    3 in order of Worth, Rank, etc., next after, following [comp] Sup.,

    κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ.. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ' ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα Il.2.674

    , cf. 7.228, 12.104, Od.2.350, Hdt.4.53, X.Cyr.7.2.11, etc.;

    κοῦροι οἳ.. ἀριστεύουσι μεθ' ἡμέας Od.4.652

    , cf. Isoc.9.18: where [comp] Sup. is implied,

    ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε.. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον Il.16.195

    , cf. 17.280, 351; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, A.Th. 1080 (anap.); also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many.., Philostr.Her.6.
    III after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, Il.15.52;

    μετ' ἀνέρος ἴχνι' ἐρευνῶν 18.321

    ;

    μετ' ἴχνια βαῖνε Od.2.406

    .
    IV generally, among, between, as with dat. (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, Il.9.54, cf. Od.16.419;

    μ. πληθύν Il.2.143

    ; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, PLond.2.260.87 (i A.D.);

    μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν Hdt.7.16

    . β', Th.1.138, POxy.901.9 (iv A.D.), cf. X.Ages.2.14, etc.
    D μετά with all cases can be put after its Subst., and is then by anastrophe μέτα, Il.13.301, but not when the ult. is elided, 17.258, Od.15.147.
    E abs. as ADV., among them, with them, Il.2.446, 477, etc.; with him,

    οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα A.R.3.115

    .
    II and then, next afterwards, opp. πρόσθε, Il.23.133.
    III thereafter, 15.67, Hdt.1.88, 128, 150, A.Ag. 759 (lyr.), etc.; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, Od.15.400; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, Hdt.1.19, Luc.DMort.9.2, etc.
    F μέτα, -μέτεστι, Od.21.93, Parm.9.4, Hdt.1.88, 171, S.Ant. 48,etc.
    I of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usu. c. gen. rei.
    2 of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc., c. dat. pers.
    II in the midst of, of space or time, as in

    μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1

    ; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον.
    III of succession of time, as in

    μεταδόρπιος 2

    , μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα.
    IV of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι.
    V of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων.
    VI after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opp. πρόσθε.
    VII reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω.
    VIII most freq. of change of place, condition, plan, etc., as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μετά

  • 10 paso

    adj.
    dried.
    intj.
    open up, gangway.
    m.
    1 passing.
    el paso del tiempo the passage of time
    con el paso de los años as the years go by
    el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza
    su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university
    abrirse paso entre la multitud to make o force one's way through the crowd
    de paso in passing; (de pasada) while I'm/you're/etc at it (aprovechando)
    paso del ecuador = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course
    2 step.
    dar un paso adelante o al frente to step forward, to take a step forward
    3 walk.
    a paso ligero at a brisk pace
    marcar el paso to keep time
    a este paso no acabaremos nunca at this rate we'll never finish
    4 step (etapa, acontecimiento).
    dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps
    paso a paso step by step
    5 crossing (cruce).
    paso de cebra zebra crossing (British), = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines
    paso fronterizo border crossing (point)
    paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing
    7 step in a process, stride, move.
    8 passage, pass, crossing point.
    9 pace, walking pace.
    10 gateway.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: pasar.
    * * *
    1 (movimiento) step, footstep
    ■ ¡no des ni un paso más! don't move another step!
    3 (camino) passage, way
    4 (avance) progress, advance
    5 (trámite) step, move
    6 (de montaña) mountain pass; (de mar) strait
    \
    a cada paso at every turn
    a paso de tortuga at a snail's pace
    abrirse paso to force one's way through
    apretar el paso to hurry
    cerrarle el paso a alguien to block somebody' s way
    dar paso a (hacer posible) to pave the way for 2 (provocar) to give rise to 3 (dejar pasar) to let through, make way for 4 (pasar a) to move on to
    dar sus primeros pasos to start walking
    dar un paso en falso (al andar) to lose one's footing 2 (equivocarse) to make a false move
    estar a un paso/a dos pasos to be very close
    estar de paso to be passing through
    hacer algo de paso to do something as well
    ■ de paso, tráeme tabaco while you're there, get me some cigarettes
    no dar un paso sin... not to do a thing without...
    paso a paso step by step
    salir al paso de alguien to waylay somebody
    salir al paso de algo to forestall something
    seguirle los pasos a alguien to follow somebody close behind 2 figurado to follow in somebody's footsteps
    ceda el paso (señal) give way sign, US yield sign
    paso a nivel level crossing, US grade crossing
    paso de cebra zebra crossing
    paso de peatones pedestrian crossing
    paso elevado flyover
    * * *
    noun m.
    3) pace
    4) way
    * * *
    I
    ADJ dried
    II
    1. SM
    1) (=acción de pasar)

    el presidente, a su paso por nuestra ciudad... — the president, during his visit to our city...

    • ceder el paso — to give way, yield (EEUU)

    ceda el paso — give way, yield (EEUU)

    • dar paso a algo, el invierno dio paso a la primavera — winter gave way to spring

    • de paso, mencionaron el tema solo de paso — they only mentioned the matter in passing

    ¿puedes ir al supermercado, de paso que vas a la farmacia? — could you go to the supermarket on your way to the chemist's?

    • entrar de paso — to drop in

    • estar de paso — to be passing through

    paso del Ecuador — party or trip organized by university students to celebrate the halfway stage in their degree course

    paso franco, paso libre — free passage

    ave
    2) (=camino) way; (Arquit) passage; (Geog) pass; (Náut) strait

    ¡paso! — make way!

    • abrirse paso — to make one's way

    • cerrar el paso — to block the way

    • dejar el paso libre — to leave the way open

    • impedir el paso — to block the way

    paso a desnivel, paso a distinto nivel — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    paso a nivel — level crossing, grade crossing (EEUU)

    paso (de) cebra — Esp zebra crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)

    paso de peatones — pedestrian crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)

    paso elevado — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    paso inferior — underpass, subway

    paso subterráneo — underpass, subway

    paso superior — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    3) [al andar] (=acción) step; (=ruido) footstep; (=huella) footprint

    • coger el paso — to fall into step

    • dar un paso — to take a step

    ¿ha dado ya sus primeros pasos? — has she taken her first steps yet?

    • dirigir sus pasos hacia — to head towards

    • dar un paso en falso — (=tropezar) to miss one's footing; (=equivocarse) to make a false move

    • hacer pasos — (Baloncesto) to travel (with the ball)

    • volvió sobre sus pasos — she retraced her steps

    paso adelante — (lit, fig) step forward

    paso atrás — (lit, fig) step backwards

    4) (=modo de andar) [de persona] walk, gait; [de caballo] gait

    • acelerar el paso — to go faster, speed up

    • aflojar el paso — to slow down

    • apretar o avivar el paso — to go faster, speed up

    • a buen paso — at a good pace

    • establecer el paso — to make the pace, set the pace

    • a paso lento — at a slow pace, slowly

    • a paso ligero — [gen] at a swift pace; (Mil) at the double

    • llevar el paso — to keep in step, keep time

    • marcar el paso — [gen] to keep time; (Mil) to mark time

    • a paso redoblado — LAm (Mil) at the double

    • romper el paso — to break step

    paso de ambladura, paso de andadura — (Equitación) amble

    5) (=ritmo) rate, pace

    • a este paso — at this rate

    6) (=distancia)
    7) (=avance) step
    8) (Téc) [de tornillo] pitch; [de contador, teléfono] unit
    9) (Teat) ( Hist) sketch, interlude
    10) (Rel) [en procesión] float in Holy Week procession, with statues representing part of Easter story
    See:
    ver nota culturelle SEMANA SANTA in semana
    11)

    paso de armas — (Mil, Hist) passage of arms

    12) LAm (=vado) ford
    2.
    ADV softly, gently

    ¡paso! — not so fast!, easy there!

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( acción)

    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...

    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way

    ceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)

    abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way

    salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody

    2) (Geog) ( en montaña) pass

    salir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3)
    a) (al andar, bailar) step

    andar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals

    a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds

    dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out

    dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move

    seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps

    b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    4)

    vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house

    está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here

    b) ( avance) step forward
    c) ( de gestión) step
    5) ( en contador) unit
    6)
    a) (ritmo, velocidad)

    apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down

    a este paso... — at this rate...

    a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace

    b) (Equ)
    •
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( acción)

    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...

    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way

    ceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)

    abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way

    salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody

    2) (Geog) ( en montaña) pass

    salir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3)
    a) (al andar, bailar) step

    andar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals

    a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds

    dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out

    dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move

    seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps

    b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    4)

    vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house

    está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here

    b) ( avance) step forward
    c) ( de gestión) step
    5) ( en contador) unit
    6)
    a) (ritmo, velocidad)

    apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down

    a este paso... — at this rate...

    a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace

    b) (Equ)
    •
    * * *
    paso1
    1 = footstep, step, footprint, pace.

    Ex: Leforte could usually identify those footsteps easily; but today they sounded less forceful and deliberate.

    Ex: The first step in assigning intellectual responsibility to a corporate body must be a definition of a corporate body.
    Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.
    Ex: Among other buildings afire or still smoldering in eastern Baghdad today were the city hall and the National Library which was so thoroughly burned that heat still radiated 50 paces from its front doors.
    * abrir paso a = make + way (for).
    * abrirse paso = jostle, break through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into.
    * acelerar el paso = quicken + the pace, smarten + Posesivo + pace.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * aflojar el paso = slow down, slow up.
    * aminorar el paso = slow down, slow up.
    * a paso de tortuga = at a snail's pace.
    * a paso ligero = on the double.
    * a pasos agigantados = at an exponential rate, at exponential rates, by leaps and bounds.
    * a un paso = within a stone's throw (away/from).
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * a un paso de = a heartbeat away from.
    * a un paso rápido = at a rapid pace.
    * a un paso relajado = at a strolling pace.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * caminar con paso pesado = plod (along/through).
    * ceder el paso = give + way (to), yield + the right of way.
    * contador de pasos = step counter.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un paso = make + step.
    * dar un paso adelante = step up.
    * dar un paso al frente = step up.
    * dar un paso en falso = make + a false move.
    * dar un paso hacia delante = take + a step forward, step up.
    * dejar paso = step + aside.
    * dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).
    * derecho de paso = the right of way, right of entry.
    * desandar los pasos de = retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, retrace + Posesivo + steps.
    * hacer que + Nombre + dé un paso hacia delante = take + Nombre + a/one step forward.
    * impedir el paso = block in.
    * llave de paso = spigot, faucet, tap, stopcock, stop valve.
    * llave de paso del agua = water valve.
    * llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.
    * obstaculizar el paso = block in.
    * otro paso más hacia + Posesivo + destrucción = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * paso adelante = step up.
    * paso a nivel = level-crossing.
    * paso a paso = one step at a time, step by step, stage by stage, stepwise.
    * paso atrás = backward step, retrograde step.
    * paso de cebra = zebra crossing.
    * paso de la gente = flow of people.
    * paso del comercio = flow of commerce.
    * Paso del Noroeste, el = North West Passage, the.
    * paso de peatones = zebra crossing, pedestrian crossing, pelican crossing.
    * paso de tortuga = snail's pace.
    * paso en falso = false move.
    * paso fronterizo = border crossing.
    * paso hacia adelante = step forward.
    * paso hacia atrás = retrograde step, step backward(s), step back.
    * paso inferior = underpass.
    * paso ininterrumpido de = steady flow of.
    * paso intermedio = half-way house, stepping stone.
    * paso peatonal = pedestrian crossing.
    * paso subterráneo = underground walkway.
    * Posesivo + primeros pasos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * preferencia de paso = the right of way.
    * primer paso = stake in the ground.
    * primer paso de, el = thin edge of the wedge, the.
    * realizar una tarea paso a paso = go through.
    * saltarse pasos intermedios = jump + steps.
    * seguir los pasos de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * seguir + Posesivo + pasos = follow in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * seguir unos pasos = follow + steps.
    * señal de prohibido el paso = No Entry sign.
    * ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tomar un paso decisivo = take + the plunge.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * válvula de paso = stop valve, stopcock.
    * volver sobre los pasos de Uno = double-back, retrace + Posesivo + steps, retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, go back on + Posesivo + steps.

    paso2
    2 = stage, passing.

    Ex: The first stage in the choice of access points must be the definition of an author.

    Ex: Perhaps an openly expressed disbelief in his activities is one of the marks of the passing of this stage.
    * ave de paso = bird of passage.
    * cambiar con el paso del tiempo = change over + time.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, as time goes by, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * de paso = by the way, by the by(e).
    * deteriorado por el paso del tiempo = timeworn.
    * dicho sea de paso = by the way, on a sidenote, by the by(e).
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * en varios pasos = multi-step.
    * llave de paso = shut-off valve.
    * paso elevado = overpass.
    * paso elevado de peatones = pedestrian overpass.
    * paso elevado para peatones = pedestrian overpass.
    * paso inferior = subway.
    * paso inferior de peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso inferior para peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso subterráneo = underpass, subway.
    * paso subterráneo de peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso subterráneo para peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * resistir el paso del tiempo = stand + the test of time, withstand + the test of time, survive + the test of time, pass + the test of time.
    * válvula de paso = shut-off valve.

    paso3
    3 = transfer, transition, changeover [change-over], handover [hand-over].

    Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.

    Ex: Hierarchical relationships must be indicated in order that users may make the transition from a first access point to related terms or access points.
    Ex: The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.
    Ex: The author assesses the prospects of Hong Kong after the handover of the colony to China in 1997 when it will once again be competing with Shanghai as the publishing hub of the Orient.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (acción): las compuertas controlan el paso del agua the hatches control the flow of water
    a su paso por la ciudad el río se ensancha the river widens as it flows through the city
    el paso de los camiones había causado grietas en la calzada cracks had appeared in the road surface caused by the passage of so many trucks o because of all the trucks using it
    hizo frente a todo lo que encontró a su paso he faced up to every obstacle in his path
    con el paso del tiempo se desgastó la piedra the stone got worn down with time o with the passing o passage of time
    [ S ] ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)
    [ S ] prohibido el paso no entry
    al paso (en ajedrez) en passant
    de paso: no viven aquí, están de paso they don't live here, they're just visiting o they're just passing through
    de paso puedo dejarles el paquete I can drop the package off on my way
    lo mencionó pero sólo de paso he mentioned it but only in passing
    lleva esto a la oficina y de paso habla con la secretaria take this to the office and while you're there have a word with the secretary
    te lo recogeré si quieres, me pilla de paso I'll pick it up for you if you like, it's on my way
    archiva estas fichas y de paso comprueba todas las direcciones file these cards and while you're at it o about it check all the addresses
    y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
    2 (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way
    abran paso make way
    se puso en medio y me cerró el paso she stood in front of me and blocked my way
    por aquí no hay paso you can't get through this way
    dejen el paso libre leave the way clear
    abrirse paso to make one's way
    el sol se abría paso entre las nubes the sun was breaking through the clouds
    consiguió abrirse paso a codazos entre la gente she managed to elbow her way through the crowd
    no te será difícil abrirte paso en la vida you won't have any problems making your way in life o getting on in life
    salir al paso de algn to waylay sb
    salir al paso de algo to forestall sth
    salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o ( AmE) crack ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    grade crossing ( AmE), level crossing ( BrE)
    zebra crossing, crosswalk ( AmE)
    ( Méx) catwalk
    crosswalk ( AmE), pedestrian crossing ( BrE)
    overpass ( AmE), flyover ( BrE)
    border crossing
    (para peatones) underpass, subway ( BrE); (para vehículos) underpass
    C
    dio un paso para atrás he took a step backward(s), he stepped backward(s)
    ¡un paso al frente! one step forward!
    camina 50 pasos al norte walk 50 paces to the north
    dirigió sus pasos hacia la puerta she walked toward(s) the door
    oyó pasos en el piso de arriba she heard footsteps on the floor above
    con paso firme subió las escaleras he climbed the stairs purposefully
    no da un paso sin consultar a su marido she won't do anything without asking her husband first
    paso a paso step by step
    siguieron el juicio paso a paso they followed the trial step by step
    paso a paso se fue abriendo camino en la empresa he gradually worked his way up in the company
    me lo explicó paso por paso she explained it to me step by step
    a cada paso at every turn
    a pasos agigantados by leaps and bounds
    la informática avanza a pasos agigantados information technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, enormous strides are being made in information technology
    dar los primeros pasos (literal) to take one's first steps, start to walk; (iniciarse en algo) to start out
    dio sus primeros pasos como actor en televisión he started out o made his debut as a television actor
    dar un paso en falso (literal) to stumble; (equivocarse) to make a false move
    dar un paso en falso en política puede conducir al desastre one false move o putting one foot wrong in politics can lead to disaster
    seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footsteps
    volver sobre sus pasos to retrace one's steps
    2
    (distancia corta): vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house
    estuvo a un paso de la muerte she was at death's door
    ánimo, ya estamos a un paso come on, we're nearly there now
    está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner o down the road from here
    de ahí a convertirse en drogadicto no hay más que un paso it's only a short step from there to becoming a drug addict
    3 (logro, avance) step forward
    el que te haya llamado ya es un paso (adelante) the fact that he's called you is a step forward in itself
    supone un gran paso en la lucha contra la enfermedad it is a great step forward o a great advance in the fight against the illness
    hemos dado los pasos necesarios we have taken the necessary steps
    5 (de baile) step
    6 pasos mpl (en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    hacer pasos to travel
    D
    1 (de un tornillo, una rosca) pitch
    E
    1
    (ritmo, velocidad): aminoró el paso he slowed down
    al ver que la seguían apretó el paso when she realized she was being followed she quickened her pace
    el tren iba a buen paso the train was going at a fair speed
    a este paso no llegamos ni a las diez at this rate we won't even get there by ten o'clock
    a este paso te vas a poner enfermo if you carry on like this, you'll get ill, at this rate o (if you carry on) the way you're going, you'll get ill
    escribía los nombres al paso que yo se los leía she wrote down the names as I read them out to her
    a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace
    llevar el paso to keep in step
    marcar el paso to mark time
    en ese colegio te van a hacer marcar el paso they'll make you toe the line at that school
    2 ( Equ):
    al paso at a walking pace
    Compuesto:
    paso ligero or redoblado
    a paso ligero or redoblado double quick, in double time
    paso2 -sa
    * * *

     

    Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)

    paso es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    pasó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    pasar    
    paso
    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían paso the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan paso a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    paso de largo to go right o straight past;
    paso por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos paso por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede paso a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ paso de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga paso al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ paso de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede paso it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasoon muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) paso sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) paso algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasole una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ paso por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a paso el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    paso sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( acción):


    el paso del tiempo the passage of time;
    el paso de la dictadura a la democracia the transition from dictatorship to democracy;
    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through;
    me pilla de paso it's on my way;
    y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way;

    ◊ abrir/dejar paso (a algn/algo) to make way (for sth/sb);

    me cerró el paso she blocked my way;
    dejen el paso libre leave the way clear;

    ( on signs) ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK);
    ( on signs) prohibido el paso no entry;

    paso de peatones crosswalk (AmE), pedestrian crossing (BrE);
    paso a nivel grade (AmE) o (BrE) level crossing;
    paso elevado or (Méx) a desnivel overpass (AmE), flyover (BrE);
    paso subterráneo ( para peatones) underpass, subway (BrE);

    ( para vehículos) underpass;


    ( a codazos) to elbow one's way;


    ( detener) to stop sb
    2 (Geog) ( en montaña) pass;
    ◊ salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3
    a) (al andar, bailar) step;


    oyó pasos she heard footsteps;
    entró con paso firme he came in purposefully;
    paso a paso step by step;
    seguirle los pasos a algn to tail sb;
    seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footsteps

    ◊ vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house;

    está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner/down the road from here



    4 (ritmo, velocidad):
    ◊ apretó/aminoró el paso he quickened his pace/he slowed down;

    a este paso … at this rate …;
    a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace;
    marcar el paso to mark time
    5 ( en contador) unit
    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    paso sustantivo masculino
    1 step: caminaban a paso ligero, they walked quickly
    (sonido de pisadas) footstep
    (de un baile) step
    2 (camino, pasillo) passage, way
    Auto ceda el paso, give way
    paso a nivel, level o US grade crossing
    paso de cebra, zebra crossing
    paso de peatones, pedestrian crossing, US crosswalk
    paso subterráneo, (para peatones) subway
    (para vehículos) underpass
    prohibido el paso, no entry
    3 (acción) passage, passing: estamos de paso en la ciudad, we are just passing through the town
    a su paso por la Universidad, when he was at University
    el lento paso de las horas, the slow passing of the hours
    4 Tel unit
    5 Geol (entre montañas) mountain pass
    6 Náut strait
    ♦ Locuciones: abrirse paso, (entre la multitud, maleza) to make one's way, (en la vida) to get ahead
    salir del paso, to get out of trouble
    a cada paso, constantly, every other minute
    ' paso' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apretar
    - arramblar
    - atravesar
    - bando
    - bloquear
    - cabeza
    - cada
    - calamidad
    - cebra
    - ceder
    - cerrar
    - converger
    - cortar
    - dar
    - dado
    - desvirtuar
    - disfraz
    - esclarecimiento
    - estela
    - filtración
    - franca
    - franco
    - impedir
    - infierno
    - ligera
    - ligero
    - lista
    - llave
    - magín
    - mayor
    - nivel
    - obstaculizar
    - pasar
    - pasarse
    - patata
    - peatonal
    - por
    - prohibida
    - prohibido
    - rebote
    - rito
    - segura
    - seguro
    - sino
    - subterránea
    - subterráneo
    - testigo
    - tránsito
    - ver
    - vela
    English:
    ahead
    - amok
    - arrogant
    - bar
    - battle
    - begrudge
    - block
    - block in
    - break through
    - breakthrough
    - brisk
    - by
    - childhood
    - clarify
    - clear
    - coast
    - come over
    - crossing
    - crosswalk
    - dizzy
    - dwindle
    - evaluation
    - explanation
    - false move
    - faux pas
    - float
    - flyover
    - footstep
    - give
    - go by
    - going
    - graze
    - grow out of
    - hysterical
    - lazy
    - level crossing
    - life
    - lively
    - mop
    - move
    - nail
    - obstruction
    - ocean
    - overboard
    - overpass
    - pace
    - pass
    - pass along
    - pass by
    - pass through
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [con el pie] step;
    [huella] footprint;
    dar un paso adelante o [m5] al frente to step forwards, to take a step forwards;
    dar un paso atrás [al andar] to step backwards, to take a step backwards;
    [en proceso, negociaciones] to take a backward step;
    aprendí unos pasos de baile I learnt a few dance steps;
    oía pasos arriba I could hear footsteps upstairs;
    se veían sus pasos sobre la nieve you could see its footprints in the snow;
    a cada paso [cada dos por tres] every other minute;
    está a dos o [m5] cuatro pasos (de aquí) it's just down the road (from here);
    vivimos a un paso de la estación we live just round the corner from o a stone's throw away from the station;
    el ruso está a un paso de hacerse campeón the Russian is on the verge of o just one small step away from becoming champion;
    a pasos agigantados at a terrific rate, at a rate of knots;
    la economía crece a pasos agigantados the economy is growing at a rate of knots;
    el SIDA se propaga a pasos agigantados AIDS is spreading like wildfire o at an alarming rate;
    la ingeniería genética avanza a pasos agigantados genetic engineering has made giant o enormous strides;
    dar un paso en falso o [m5] un mal paso [tropezar] to stumble;
    [equivocarse] to make a false move o a mistake; Fig
    no dio ni un paso en falso he didn't put a foot wrong;
    seguir los pasos a alguien [perseguir, vigilar] to tail sb;
    seguir los pasos de alguien [imitar] to follow in sb's footsteps;
    volvimos sobre nuestros pasos we retraced our steps
    2. [acción] passing;
    [cruce] crossing; [camino de acceso] way through, thoroughfare;
    con el paso del tiempo with the passage of time;
    con el paso de los años as the years go by;
    el paso de la juventud a la madurez the transition from youth to adulthood;
    su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university;
    el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza;
    la tienda está en una zona de mucho paso the shop is in a very busy area;
    también Fig
    abrir paso a alguien to make way for sb;
    abrirse paso [entre la gente, la maleza] to make one's way;
    abrirse paso en la vida/en el mundo de la política to get on o ahead in life/politics;
    ¡abran paso! make way!;
    ceder el paso (a alguien) [dejar pasar] to let (sb) past;
    [en automóvil] to Br give way o US yield (to sb);
    ceda el paso [en letrero] Br give way, US yield;
    cerrar o [m5] cortar el paso a alguien to block sb's way;
    de paso [de pasada] in passing;
    [aprovechando] while I'm/you're/ etc at it;
    de paso que vienes, tráete las fotos de las vacaciones you may as well bring the photos from your Br holiday o US vacation when you come;
    la estación me pilla de paso the station's on my way;
    estar de paso [en un lugar] to be passing through;
    prohibido el paso [en letrero] no entry;
    salir al paso a alguien, salir al paso de alguien [acercarse] to come up to sb;
    [hacer detenerse] to come and bar sb's way;
    salir al paso de algo [rechazar] to respond to sth
    paso de cebra Br zebra crossing, = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines; Méx paso a desnivel Br flyover, US overpass;
    paso del Ecuador [en barco] crossing the line ceremony;
    [en universidad] = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course;
    paso elevado Br flyover, US overpass;
    paso fronterizo border crossing (point);
    paso a nivel Br level crossing, US grade crossing;
    paso a nivel con barrera Br gated level crossing, US protected grade crossing;
    paso a nivel sin barrera Br ungated level crossing, US unprotected grade crossing;
    Chile paso bajo nivel Br subway, US underpass;
    paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing;
    paso subterráneo Br subway, US underpass
    3. [forma de andar] walk;
    [ritmo] pace;
    con paso cansino se dirigió a la puerta he walked wearily towards the door;
    a buen paso at a good rate;
    a este paso o [m5]al paso que vamos, no acabaremos nunca at this rate o at the rate we're going, we'll never finish;
    al paso [en equitación] at a walk;
    a paso lento slowly;
    a paso ligero at a brisk pace;
    Mil at the double;
    aflojar el paso to slow down;
    apretar el paso to go faster, to speed up;
    llevar el paso to keep step;
    marcar el paso to keep time;
    a paso de tortuga at a snail's pace
    Mil paso de la oca goose-step
    4. Geog [en montaña] pass;
    [en el mar] strait
    5. [trámite, etapa, acontecimiento] step;
    [progreso] step forward, advance;
    antes de dar cualquier paso siempre me pregunta she always asks me before doing anything;
    dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps;
    dar los primeros pasos hacia la paz to take the first steps towards peace;
    la aprobación de una constitución supondría un gran paso para la democracia the passing of a constitution would be a big step forward for democracy;
    explícamelo paso a o [m5] por paso explain it to me step by step;
    paso a o [m5] por paso se ganó la confianza de sus alumnos she gradually won the confidence of her pupils;
    salir del paso to get out of trouble
    6. [de llamadas telefónicas, consumo eléctrico] unit
    7. [en procesión] float [in Easter procession]
    8.
    pasos [en baloncesto] travelling;
    hacer pasos to travel
    ♦ interj
    make way!
    * * *
    1 m
    1 step;
    paso a paso step by step;
    a cada paso at every step;
    a dos pasos de fig a stone’s throw (away) from;
    volver sobre sus pasos retrace one’s steps;
    un paso en falso make a false move;
    seguir los pasos a alguien follow s.o., dog s.o.’s footsteps;
    seguir los pasos de alguien follow in s.o.’s footsteps;
    pasos pl en baloncesto traveling sg, Br travelling sg ;
    2 ( manera de andar) walk
    3 ( ritmo) pace, rate;
    a este paso fig at this rate;
    al paso que vamos at the rate we’re going;
    a paso ligero at the double;
    llevar el paso MIL keep in step;
    marcar el paso MIL mark time
    4 de agua flow; de tráfico movement;
    cerrar el paso de la calle block off o close the street;
    ceda el paso yield, Br give way;
    observaba el paso del agua/de la gente he watched the water flow past/the world go by
    5 ( cruce) crossing
    6 de tiempo passing
    7 ( huella) footprint
    8 ( camino)
    :
    de paso on the way;
    estar de paso be passing through;
    dicho sea de paso and incidentally;
    ¡paso! make way!, let me through!;
    abrirse paso push one’s way through; fig carve out a path for o.s.;
    salir del paso get out of a tight spot
    2 m REL float in Holy Week procession
    * * *
    paso, -sa adj
    : dried
    ciruela pasa: prune
    paso nm
    1) : passage, passing
    de paso: in passing, on the way
    2) : way, path
    abrirse paso: to make one's way
    3) : crossing
    paso de peatones: crosswalk
    paso a desnivel: underpass
    paso elevado: overpass
    4) : step
    paso a paso: step by step
    5) : pace, gait
    a buen paso: quickly, at a good rate
    * * *
    paso n
    1. (en general) step
    2. (pisada) footstep
    4. (transcurso) passing / passage
    de paso (al mismo tiempo) while you're there / while you're about it (de camino) on your way

    Spanish-English dictionary > paso

  • 11 Abend

    m; -s, -e
    1. evening; am Abend in the evening; am Abend des 2. Mai on the evening of May 2nd; gegen Abend toward(s) (the) evening; heute Abend this evening, tonight; morgen Abend tomorrow evening ( oder night); gestern Abend yesterday evening, last night; vom Morgen bis zum Abend from morning till night; Abend für Abend every (single) evening, auch night after night; es wird Abend it’s getting dark; Guten / guten Abend! good evening!; jemandem einen Guten / guten Abend wünschen wish ( oder bid) s.o. (a) good evening; zu Abend essen have supper ( oder dinner), sup altm.; sie hat heute i-n freien Abend today she has her night out; du kannst mich mal am Abend besuchen umg. euph. you can take a running jump, you know where you can get off, get stuffed
    2. (Veranstaltung) literarischer, musikalischer soirée, evening; bunter Abend social (evening), variety show
    3. (Vorabend) eve; am Abend vor dem großen Ereignis on the eve of the big event; Heiliger Abend Christmas Eve; Tag1 4, Dienstagabend etc.
    * * *
    der Abend
    evening
    * * *
    ['aːbnt]
    m -s, -e
    [-də]

    am Ábend — in the evening

    am Ábend des 4. April — on the evening or night of April 4th

    heute/gestern/morgen Ábend — this/yesterday/tomorrow evening, tonight/last night/tomorrow night

    Mittwochabend — Wednesday evening, Wednesday night

    die Vorstellung wird zweimal pro Ábend gegeben — there are two performances every night or evening

    jeden Ábend — every evening or night

    gegen Ábend — toward(s) (the) evening

    Ábend — every evening or night, night after night

    am nächsten Ábend, den nächsten Ábend — the next evening

    eines Ábends — one evening

    den ganzen Ábend über — the whole evening

    es wird Ábend — it's getting late, evening is drawing on (Brit)

    es wurde Ábend — evening came

    jdm guten or Guten Ábend sagen — to say good evening to sb, to bid sb good evening (form)

    guten Ábend — good evening

    'n Ábend (inf) — evening

    der Ábend kommt (geh) or naht (liter) — evening is drawing nigh (liter) or on (Brit), it's getting late

    des Ábends (geh) — in the evening(s), of an evening

    du kannst mich am Ábend besuchen! (euph inf) — you can take a running jump (Brit inf), you can take a hike (US inf)

    zu Ábend essen — to have supper or dinner

    je später der Ábend, desto schöner or netter die Gäste (prov) — the best guests always come late

    es ist noch nicht aller Tage Ábend — it's early days still or yet

    man soll den Tag nicht vor dem Ábend loben (Prov) — don't count your chickens before they're hatched (Prov)

    2) (= Vorabend) eve

    am Ábend vor der Schlacht — on the eve of the battle

    3) (liter = Ende) close

    am Ábend des Lebens — in the twilight or evening of one's life (liter), in one's twilight years (liter)

    am Ábend des Jahrhunderts — toward(s) the close or end of the century

    * * *
    der
    1) (evening.) eve
    2) (the part of the day between the afternoon and the night: He leaves the house in the morning and returns in the evening; summer evenings; tomorrow evening; on Tuesday evening; early evening; ( also adjective) the evening performance.) evening
    * * *
    <-s, -e>
    [ˈa:bn̩t]
    m
    1. (Tageszeit) evening
    'n \Abend! (fam) evening!
    gestern/morgen \Abend yesterday/tomorrow evening
    guten \Abend! good evening!
    jdm guten \Abend sagen [o wünschen] to wish sb good evening, to say good evening to sb
    heute \Abend tonight, this evening
    übermorgen \Abend the evening after next
    vorgestern \Abend the evening before last
    jeden \Abend every evening
    letzten \Abend yesterday evening, last night
    am [o den] nächsten \Abend tomorrow evening
    \Abend sein/werden to be/get dark
    um 16 Uhr ist es im Winter schon \Abend it's already dark at 4 o'clock in winter
    es wird so langsam \Abend the evening's beginning to draw in, it's beginning to get dark
    zu \Abend essen to eat dinner
    am \Abend in the evening
    der Unfall geschah am \Abend des 13. the accident occurred on the evening of the 13th
    \Abend für [o um] \Abend every night, night after night
    gegen \Abend towards evening
    den ganzen \Abend über the whole evening, all evening
    des \Abends (geh: abends) in the evening
    eines \Abends [on] one evening; s.a. Dienstagabend
    2. (Vorabend) evening before, eve liter
    der \Abend des Geschehens/der Hochzeit the eve of [or the evening before] the events/the wedding
    3. (abendliche Freizeit) evening
    ein bunter \Abend (Unterhaltungsveranstaltung) an entertainment evening
    4.
    ▶ du kannst mich am \Abend besuchen! (euph) you know where you can go! sl
    ▶ am \Abend des Lebens (geh) at the end of one's life
    ▶ je später der \Abend, desto schöner die Gäste (prov hum) some guests are worth waiting for! hum
    * * *
    der; Abends, Abende

    eines [schönen] Abends — one evening

    am [frühen/späten] Abend — [early/late] in the evening

    am Abend vorher od. zuvor — the evening or night before; the previous evening

    bis zum [späten] Abend — until [late in the] evening; (als Frist) by [late] evening

    am selben/nächsten Abend — the same/following evening or night

    zu Abend essen — have dinner; (allgemeiner) have one's evening meal; s. auch heilig 2); Tag 1)

    2) (Geselligkeit) evening; (KulturAbend) soirée

    ein bunter Abend — a social [evening or night]

    * * *
    Abend m; -s, -e
    1. evening;
    am Abend in the evening;
    am Abend des 2. Mai on the evening of May 2nd;
    gegen Abend toward(s) (the) evening;
    heute Abend this evening, tonight;
    morgen Abend tomorrow evening ( oder night);
    gestern Abend yesterday evening, last night;
    vom Morgen bis zum Abend from morning till night;
    Abend für Abend every (single) evening, auch night after night;
    es wird Abend it’s getting dark;
    Guten/guten Abend! good evening!;
    jemandem einen Guten/guten Abend wünschen wish ( oder bid) sb (a) good evening;
    zu Abend essen have supper ( oder dinner), sup obs;
    sie hat heute i-n freien Abend today she has her night out;
    du kannst mich mal am Abend besuchen umg euph you can take a running jump, you know where you can get off, get stuffed
    2. (Veranstaltung) literarischer, musikalischer soirée, evening;
    bunter Abend social (evening), variety show
    3. (Vorabend) eve;
    am Abend vor dem großen Ereignis on the eve of the big event;
    Heiliger Abend Christmas Eve; → Tag1, Dienstagabend etc
    * * *
    der; Abends, Abende

    eines [schönen] Abends — one evening

    am [frühen/späten] Abend — [early/late] in the evening

    am Abend vorher od. zuvor — the evening or night before; the previous evening

    bis zum [späten] Abend — until [late in the] evening; (als Frist) by [late] evening

    am selben/nächsten Abend — the same/following evening or night

    zu Abend essen — have dinner; (allgemeiner) have one's evening meal; s. auch heilig 2); Tag 1)

    2) (Geselligkeit) evening; (KulturAbend) soirée

    ein bunter Abend — a social [evening or night]

    * * *
    -e m.
    evening n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Abend

  • 12 अर्जुन _arjuna

    अर्जुन a. [अर्ज्-उनन् णिलुक् च Uṇ.3.58] (
    -ना, -नी f.).
    1 White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; अहश्च कृष्णमहरर्जुनं च Rv.6.9.1; पिशङ्गमौञ्जीयुजमर्जुनच्छविम् Śi.1.6.
    -2 Silvery; यत्र वः प्रेङ्खा हरिता अर्जुना Av.4.37.5.
    -नः 1 The white colour.
    -2 A peacock.
    -3 A sort of cutaneous disease.
    -4 A tree (Mar. अर्जुनसादडा), with useful rind; Mb.3.64.3.
    -5 N. of the third Pāṇḍava who was a son of Kuntī by Indra and hence called ऐन्द्रि also. [Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or 'pure in actions' (पृथिव्यां चतुरन्तायां वर्णो मे दुर्लभः समः । करोमि कर्म शुद्धं च तेन मामर्जनं विदुः). He was taught the use of arms by Droṇa and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in arms he won Draupadī at her Svayaṁvara (see Draupadī). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Paraśurāma. He married Ulūpī, a Nāga Princess, by whom he had a son named Irāvat, and also Chitrāṅgadā, daughter of the king of Maṇipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvāhana. During this exile he visited Dvārakā, and with the help and advice of Kṛiṣṇa succeeded in marrying Subhadrā. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow (Gāṇḍiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burning the Khāṇḍva forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himālayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain from them celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against Kauravas. There he fought with Śiva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirāta; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Śiva gave him the Pāśupatāstra. Indra, Varuṇa, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pāṇḍavas entered the service of the King of Virāṭa and he had to act the part of a eunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He secured the assistance of Kṛiṣṇa who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgītā when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsmen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanquished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhīṣma, Karṇa &c. After Yudhiṣṭhira had been installed sovereign of Hastināpura, he resolved to perform the Aśvamedha sacrifice, and a horse was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and Countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Maṇipura he had to fight with his own son Babhruvāhana and was killed; but he was restored to life by a charm supplied by his wife Ulūpī. He traversed the whole of Bharata- khaṇda and returned to Hastināpura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Kṛiṣna to Dvārakā amid the internecine struggles of the Yādavas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Kṛiṣṇa. Soon after this the five Pāṅdavas repaired to heaven having installed Parīkṣit -the only surviving son of Abhimanyu-- on the throne of Hastināpura. Arjuna was the bravest of the Pāṇdavas, high-minded, generous, upright, handsome and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has several appellations, such a Pārtha, Gudākeśa, Savyasāchī, Dhanañjaya, Phālguna, Kirītin, Jīṣṇu, Śvetavāhana, Gāṇḍivin &c.] cf. अर्जनः फाल्गुनो जिष्णुः किरीटी श्वेतवाहनः । बीभत्सुर्विजयः कृष्णः सव्यसाची धनञ्जयः ॥
    -6 N. of Kārtavīrya, slain by Parasurāma See कार्तवीर्य.
    -7 N. of a country Bṛi. S.14. 25.
    -8 The only son of his mother.
    -9 N. of Indra.
    -1 N. of a tree, Jerminalia Arjuna (Mar. अईन). The tree is rarer in south India. The colour of its bark is white. It is a forest-tree bearing fragrant flowers appearing in panicles like those of the Mango-tree.
    -नी 1 A procuress, bawd.
    -2 A cow. तथार्जुनीनां कपिला वरिष्ठा Mb.13.73.42.
    -3 A kind of serpent; अर्जुनि पुनर्वोयन्तु˚ Av.2.24.7.
    -4 N. of Uṣhā, wife of Aniruddha.
    -5 N. of a river com- monly called करतोया.
    -6 (न्यौ, -न्यः dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalgunī. अघासु हन्यन्ते गावो$र्जुन्योः पर्युह्यते Rv.1.85.13.
    -नम् 1 Silver. वीरुद्भिष्टे अर्जुनं संविदानम् Av.5.28.5.
    -2 Gold.
    -3 Slight inflammation of the white of the eye.
    -4 Grass.
    -न<?> (Pl.) The descend- ants of Arjuna; cf. अर्जुनः ककुभे पार्थे कार्तवीर्यमयूरयोः । मातुरेकसुते वृक्षे धवले नयनामये । तृणभेदे गवि स्त्री स्यात्...Nm.
    -Comp. -अभ्रम N. of a medicament.
    -ईश्वरतीर्थम् N. of a holy place. Siva P.
    -उपमः the teak tree; also शाकद्रुम and महापत्राख्यवृक्ष.
    -काण्ड a. having a white stem or appendage. बभ्रोरर्जनकाण्डस्य यवस्य ते Av.2.8.3.
    -च्छवि a. white, of a white colour.
    -ध्वजः 'white- bannered', N. of Hanūmat.
    -पाकी N. of a plant and its fruits.
    -बदरः The fibre of the Arjuna plant; अर्जुन- बदरा मेखलाः क्रियन्ताभू । ŚB. on MS.9.4.25
    -मिश्रः Name of a commentator on the Mb.
    -सखिः (L.) Kriṣṇa.
    -सिंहः N. of a prince (Inscriptions).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अर्जुन _arjuna

  • 13 tunc

    tunc, adv. demonstr., of time [tum, and demonstr. suffix -ce], then, at that time; but in ante-class. and class. prose tunc is always emphatic, and generally refers to a point of time. In post-Aug. style tunc freq. occurs without emphasis, and is freely used of periods of time. Tunc = deinde occurs first in the class. per. and rarely in prose; but is very freq. after the Aug. per. Tunc in mere co-ordinative use is very rare and not ante-class. (v. I. C.). Tunc coupled with an emphatic or temporal particle is very rare in class. prose, but freq. in the postAug. period. Poets often use tunc instead of tum before vowels for the sake of the metre. In general, tunc is not freq. till after the Aug. period. Cic. has tum about thirty times as often as tunc; Caes. has tunc only five times; Livy, in the first two books, has tunc five times, tum eighty-two times; but Val. Max. has tunc four times as often as tum. Sen. almost always has tunc; tum only in a few passages, mostly in co ordinative use. In Vitr., Suet., Plin., Just., and the jurists, tunc largely predominates; but Nep. has tunc once only, and Tac., who employs both words sparingly, has tum oftener than tunc. The Codd. very freq. vary between the words, and in many passages the reading is still doubtful. Undue weight has been given by some critics to opposition to nunc and connection with cum; cf. Kritz ad Sall. J. 5, 1; Zumpt ad Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 142; 2, 5, 10, § 27. Both tum and tunc are freq. opposed to nunc, and connected with cum.
    I.
    Absol.
    A.
    Referring an event to a time before mentioned.
    1.
    To definite past time.
    (α).
    To a period of time, = illis temporibus (only post-Aug.):

    tunc melius tenuere fidem cum paupere cultu Stabat in exigua ligneus aede deus,

    Tib. 1, 10, 19:

    nulli tunc subsessores alienorum matrimoniorum oculi metuebantur,

    Val. Max. 2, 1, 5:

    sed tunc clarissimus quisque juvenum pro amplificanda patria plurimum periculi sustinebat,

    id. 3, 2, 6:

    nunc quo ventum est? A servis vix impetrari potest ne eam supellectilem fastidiant qua tunc consul non erubuit,

    id. 4, 3, 7:

    quo pacto inter amicos viguisse tunc justitiam credimus, cum inter accusatores quoque, etc.,

    id. 6, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas qui tunc erant volumus, fatebimur, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    sed civitati nullae tunc leges erant,

    Just. 2, 7, 3; 6, 9, 5.—
    (β).
    Referring to a point of time spoken of: cives Romani [p. 1914] tunc facti sunt Campani, Enn. ap. Censor. 14 (Ann. v. 174 Vahl.): tanto sublatae sunt Augmine tunc lapides, id. ap. Non. p. 211, 8 (Ann. v. 542 ib.): tunc ipsos adoriant, ne quis Spartam referat nuntium, Naev. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 801 P. (Trag. Rel. v. 16 Rib.):

    (Sulla) statim ex iis rebus quas tunc vendebat jussit ei praemium tribui, etc.,

    Cic. Arch. 10, 25:

    neque ego tunc princeps ad salutem esse potuissem si, etc.,

    id. Sull. 3, 9:

    his tunc cognitis rebus amici regis his... liberaliter responderunt,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 104:

    tunc duces Nerviorum... colloqui sese velle dicunt,

    at this time, id. B. G. 5, 41:

    quod se facturos minabantur, aegreque tunc sunt retenti quin oppidum irrumperent,

    id. B. C. 2, 13 fin.:

    Romanus tunc exercitus in agro Larinati erat,

    Liv. 22, 24, 1:

    itaque cum in ipsum, et innocentia tutum et magistratu in quo tunc erat, impetus fieri non posset, etc.,

    id. 4, 44, 6; cf. id. 2, 2, 2; 4, 8, 6; 10, 37, 10;

    44, 44, 3: nec, si rescindere posses (sc. jussa Jovis), Tunc aderas,

    Ov. M. 2, 679:

    tunc ego nec cithara poteram gaudere sonora, nec, etc.,

    Tib. 3, 4, 69:

    tunc urbis custodiis praepositus C. Maecenas,

    Vell. 2, 88, 2:

    forte evenit ut tunc summae dignitatis ibi femina veneno consumere se destinarit,

    Val. Max. 2, 6, 8:

    qui tunc Libitinam exercebant,

    id. 5, 2, 10:

    Coriolanus ad Volscos, infestos tunc Romanis, confugit,

    id. 5, 4, 1; cf. id. 2, 10, 3; 4, 8, 5; 5, 5, 3; 7, 6, 5 fin.;

    8, 1 damn. 1: Carthaginiensium legati ad celebrandum sacrum anniversarium more patrio tunc venerant,

    Curt. 4, 2, 10:

    et tunc aestas erat, cujus calor, etc.,

    id. 3, 5, 1:

    perierat imperium, quod tunc in extremo stabat, si Fabius, etc.,

    Sen. Troad. 1, 11, 5:

    tunc,distractis Orientis viribus, casus Mithridati datus est occupandi Armeniam,

    Tac. A. 11, 9; cf. id. ib. 2, 25:

    quidam ex eis qui tunc egerant, decesserunt,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 24, 3:

    ardente tunc in Africa bello,

    Suet. Caes. 70; cf. id. Calig. 48; id. Ner. 20; 21:

    Asiam tunc tenebat imperio rex Darius,

    Gell. 17, 9, 20:

    hostes tunc populi Romani fuerant Fidenates,

    id. 17, 21, 17; cf. id. 13, 5, 2 and 3; 14, 1, 8; Ael. Spart. Had. 11; 23; 24.—Repeated by anaphora:

    tunc victus abiere feri, tunc consita pomus, tunc bibit inriguas fertilis hortus aquas, Aurea tunc pressos, etc.,

    Tib. 2, 1, 43:

    tunc Parmenio et Philotas, tunc Amyntas consobrinus, tunc noverca fratresque interfecti, tunc Attalus, Eurylochus... occurrebant,

    Just. 12, 6, 14; so id. 43, 3, 2; 43, 4, 2.—Attributively:

    regem tunc Lacedaemoniorum,

    Just. 6, 2, 4.—
    (γ).
    Referring to a state no longer in existence:

    silvae tunc circa viam erant, plerisque incultis,

    Liv. 21, 25, 8:

    urbs (Corinthus) erat tunc praeclara ante excidium,

    id. 45, 28, 2:

    hic (Curio) primo pro Pompei partibus, id est, ut tunc habebatur, pro republica, mox... pro Caesare stetit,

    Vell. 2, 48, 3:

    certissimum tunc proscriptorum perfugium penetravit,

    Val. Max. 7, 3, 9:

    docuit in atrio Catulinae domus, quae pars Palatii tunc erat,

    Suet. Gram. 17: tunc (i. e. olim) in usu erat, eam hereditatem, etc., Gai Inst. 2, 254 erat autem tunc mos ut cum princeps causam cognosceret... sententiam ex omnium deliberatione proferret, Ael. Spart. Had. 8.—
    (δ).
    Expressly opposed to present time: tunc igitur pelles, nunc aurum et purpura exercent hominum vitam, Lucr 5, 1423;

    ea lege quae tunc erat Sempronia, nunc est Cornelia,

    Cic. Clu. 56, 154:

    cum vero causam justam deus ipse dederit, ut tunc Socrati, nunc Catoni, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 30, 74, cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45; 2, 3, 67, § 156; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. Pis. 13, 30; id. Rab. Post. 12, 34; id. Phil. 7, 5, 14:

    cur privati non damus remiges, sicut tunc dedimus?

    Liv. 34, 6, 18:

    munitiones et locis opportunioribus tunc fuerunt et validiores impositae (i. e. quam nunc),

    id. 36, 17, 4:

    parva nunc res videri potest quae tunc patres ac plebem accendit,

    id. 4, 25, 13; cf. id. 8, 31, 4; 21, 18, 5:

    Macedones milites ea tunc erant fama qua nunc Romani feruntur,

    Nep. Eum. 3, 4: nunc solvo poenas;

    tunc tibi inferias dedi,

    Sen. Phoen. 172:

    nunc haberent socios quos tunc hostes habuerant,

    Just. 6, 7, 5; cf. id. 8, 2, 9:

    hoc tunc Veii fuere, nunc fuisse quis meminit?

    Flor. 1, 12, 11.—And tunc and tum in co-ordinated sentences: qui ager nunc multo pluris est quam tunc fuit. Tum enim, etc., nunc, etc.;

    tum erat ager incultus, nunc est cultissimus,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33: vos etiamsi tunc faciendum non fuerit, nunc utique faciendum putatis;

    ego contra, etiamsi tum migrandum fuisset, nunc has ruipas relinquendas non censerem,

    Liv. 5, 53, 3 (in such connections tum generally refers to a previous tunc, rarely vice versa).—
    (ε).
    Opposed to a previous or a later time:

    quae ipsum Hannibalem, armis tunc invictum voluptate vicit (i. e. etsi non postea),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 35, 95:

    raro alias tribuni popularis oratio acceptior plebi quam tunc severissimi consulis fuit,

    Liv. 3, 69, 1:

    (Syphax) tunc accessio Punici belli fuerat, sicut Gentius Macedonici,

    id. 45, 7, 2; 5, 37, 2; 45, 25, 10:

    non ab Scipionibus aliisque veteribus Romanorum ducum quidquam ausum fortius quam tunc a Caesare,

    Vell. 2, 80, 3:

    et tunc Aeanti, ut deo, immolaverunt, et deinceps, etc.,

    Val. Max. 1, 5, ext. 2:

    praetor hic Alexandri fuerat, tunc transfuga,

    Curt. 3, 11, 18; cf. id. 4, 13, 18:

    Cilicum nationes saepe et alias commotae, tunc Troxoboro duce, montes asperos castris cepere,

    Tac. A. 12, 55; cf. id. ib. 2, 62; id. H. 3, 58:

    ob res et tunc in Africa, et olim in Germania gestas,

    Suet. Galb. 8; cf. id. Tib. 10; 18; id. Oth. 4:

    idem tunc Faesulae quod Carrhae nuper,

    Flor. 1, 5, 8.—
    (ζ).
    In general statements, applied to the actual state of affairs:

    mos est regibus quotiens in societatem coeant, pollices inter se vincire, etc. Sed tunc, qui ea vincula admovebat decidisse simulans, genua Mithridatis invadit,

    Tac. A. 12, 47:

    legebatur ergo ibi tunc in carmine Latino, etc.,

    Gell. 2, 22, 2.— Pregn., as matters then stood:

    aptissimum tempus fuerat, delinimentum animis Bolani agri divisionem obici: tunc haec ipsa indignitas angebat animos,

    Liv. 4, 51, 6.—
    (η).
    Of coincidence in time: tunc = cum hoc fieret, on that occasion:

    quodsi tu tunc, Crasse, dixisses, omnem eorum importunitatem evellisset oratio tua,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 230; id. Clu. 56, 153; id. Lig. 5, 16; id. Phil. 7, 5, 14:

    tunc Lacedaemoniis accusantibus respondendum erat, nunc a vobis ipsis accusati sumus,

    Liv. 39, 36, 7:

    jam Horatius secundam pugnam petebat. Tunc... clamore adjuvant militem suum,

    while he was doing so, id. 1, 25, 9; 45, 23, 17:

    sed neque... nubes Tunc habuit, nec... imbres,

    Ov. M. 2, 310:

    quid mihi tunc animi fuit?

    id. ib. 7, 582:

    quid mihi tunc animi credis, germane, fuisse?

    id. H. 11, 87; 12, 31:

    quid tunc homines timuerint, quae senatus trepidatio... neque mihi exprimere vacat, neque, etc.,

    Vell. 2, 124, 1:

    non Catoni tunc praetura, sed praeturae Cato negatus est,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6; cf. id. 1, 8, 6; 4, 5, 3; 6, 1, 8; 6, 2, 3; 6, 2, 6; 6, 6, ext. 1;

    9, 3, 1: tunc ego dicere debui,

    Sen. Ep. 63, 15:

    non possum dicere aliud tunc mihi quam deos adfuisse,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 5, 5:

    tunc domus priscorum ducum arserunt,

    Suet. Ner. 38; Just. 18, 3, 14; Gell. 6 (7), 3, 48; 12, 13, 21; 19, 1, 11.—Tunc and tum co-ordinate: sanguine tunc (Phaethontis) credunt... Tum facta'st Libya... arida;

    tum, etc.,

    Ov. M. 2, 235 sqq.: tunc... sorores Debuerant, etc.;

    Tum potui Medea mori bene,

    id. H. 12, 3 sqq.—And referring to a supposed action at a definite time:

    nobis tunc repente trepidandum in acie instruenda erat,

    if we had accepted the battle then, Liv. 44, 38, 11.—
    (θ).
    Redundant (post-class.):

    id quale fuerit, neque ipse tunc prodidit, neque cuiquam facile succurrat,

    Suet. Tit. 10; cf.: in ejusmodi temporibus tunc eae ambulationes aperiuntur, Vitr 5, 9, 9.—
    2.
    = nunc, in oblique discourse (rare):

    quod si consulatus tanta dulcedo sit, jam tunc ita in animum inducant, consulatum captum a tribunicia potestate esse,

    Liv. 2, 54, 5:

    ut cum multis saeculis murus urbi civium virtus fuerit, tunc cives salvos se fore non existimaverint nisi intra muros laterent,

    Just. 14, 5, 7.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    (α).
    Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc.; at such a season:

    tunc (i. e. autumno) praecidi arbores oportere secundum terram,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 27:

    ab eo in fastis dies hordicalia nominantur, quod tunc hordae boves immolantur,

    id. ib. 2, 5:

    omnes (nubes sol) enim sub se tunc (= medio die),

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 8, 7:

    tunc enim maximae et integrae adhuc nives (= aestate prima),

    id. ib. 4, 2, 21:

    et tunc potest ventis concitari mare,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 25; cf. id. ib. 4, 5, 2.—
    (β).
    With the force of an indefinite temporal clause:

    tunc ignes tenuissimi iter exile designant et caelo producunt, of shooting stars,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 6: nemo observat lunam nisi laborantem. Tunc urbes conclamant, tunc pro se quisque superstitione vana trepidat, id. ib. 7, 1, 2:

    adjuvari se tunc (i. e. cum faces vident) periclitantes existimant Pollucis et Castoris numine,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 13; cf. id. ib. 1, 8, 3; 2, 55, 2; 5, 3, 1; 6, 12, 2; id. Ep. 42, 4; id. Brev. Vit. 11, 1: si ancilla ex cive Romand conceperit, deinde civis Romana facta sit, et tunc pariat, etc., Gai Inst. 1, 88; 1, 90; Dig. 1, 6, 8; 40, 12, 22, § 3.—
    (γ).
    With the force of a conditional clause, in this instance: Tr. Erus peregre venit. Si. Tunc tibi actutum chorda tenditur, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 55 Lorenz (al. tum):

    dominae mentem convertite... Tunc ego crediderim vobis, et sidera et amnes Posse, etc.,

    Prop. 1, 1, 23:

    itaque tunc dividere optimum erit (= si plura sunt quae nocent),

    Quint. 4, 2, 101; so id. 6, 1, 22:

    cuperem tecum communicare tam subitam mutationem mei: tunc amicitiae nostrae certiorem fiduciam habere coepissem,

    Sen. Ep. 6, 2: nemo est ex inprudentibus qui reliqui sibi debeat. Tunc mala consilia agitant, tunc aut aliis aut ipsis pericula struunt;

    tunc cupiditates improbas ordinant, tunc... tunc... denique, etc.,

    id. ib. 10, 2;

    7, 2: tunc enim (i. e. si cottidie reputes) subit recordatio: Quot dies quam frigidis rebus absumpsi!

    Plin. Ep. 1, 9, 3:

    propter liberos retentio fit (dotis) si culpa mulieris divortium factum sit, tunc enim sextae retinentur ex dote,

    Ulp. Fragm. 6, 10: veluti si a femina manumissa sit: tunc enim e lege Atilia petere debet tutorem, Gai Inst. 1, 195; 1, 76; 1, 40; 3, 181; Fragm. Vat. 52; Dig. 2, 4, 8; 5, 3, 13, § 12; 7, 3, 1; 19, 1, 11, § 15; 11, 1, 20; Just. Inst. 1, 12, § 6; in the jurists, saep.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    In gen.: tunc illud vexillum... coloniae Capuae inferetur;

    tunc contra hanc Romam illa altera Roma quaeretur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 86:

    tunc, ut quaeque causa crit statuetis, nunc libertatem repeti satis est,

    Liv. 3, 53, 10:

    senatus consultum adjectum est ut... praetor qui tunc esset... apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur... jusjurandum daret, etc.,

    id. 41, 9, 11:

    nec taedebit avum parvo advigilare nepoti... Tunc operata deo pubes discumbet in herba, etc.,

    Tib. 2, 5, 95:

    tunc interea tempus exercitus ex hoc loco educendi habebis,

    Gell. 3, 7, 7.—
    (β).
    With the force of a conditional clause:

    tunc me biremis Tutum... Aura feret geminusque Pollux (i. e. si mugiat malus procellis),

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 62:

    vectabor umeris tunc ego inimicis eques (i. e. si hoc feceris),

    id. Epod. 17, 74:

    tunc tua me infortunia laedent (i. e. si dolebis tibi),

    id. A. P. 103:

    tunc ego jurabo quaevis tibi numina... Tunc ego... Efficiam, etc.,

    Ov. H. 15 (16), 319:

    tunc piger ad nandum, tunc ego cautus ero,

    id. ib. 17 (18), 210.—
    B.
    Representing sequence or succession in events, = deinde.
    1.
    Simple sequence in time.
    (α).
    Time proper (rare till after the Aug. per.;

    in Cic. perh. only in the foll. passages): Herodotus cum Roma reverteretur, offendit eum mensem qui sequitur mensem comitialem. Tunc Cephaloeditani decrerunt intercalarium XLV dies longum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 52, § 130:

    veni in eum sermonem ut docerem, etc. Tunc mihi ille dixit quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    dixi ei, me ita facturum esse ut, etc. Tunc ille a me petivit, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 6, 2 is finis pugnae equestris fuit. Tunc adorti peditum aciem, nuntios ad consules rei gestae mittunt, Liv. 3, 70, 8:

    tandem curia excesserunt. Tunc sententiae interrogari coeptae,

    id. 45, 25, 1:

    equites, relictis equis, provolant ante signa... Tunc inter priores duorum populorum res geritur,

    id. 7, 8, 1:

    iterum deinde interpellatus, in proposito persistit. Tunc Poppedius, abjecturum inde se... minatus est,

    Val. Max. 3, 1, 2; cf. id. 5, 4, 1; 7, 3, 2; 7, 3, 6: tunc intendit arcum, et ipsum cor adulescentis figit, Sen. de Ira, 3, 14, 2; so id. Ot. Sap. 1, 1; id. Q. N. 1, 12, 1:

    Dareum XXX inde stadia abesse praemissi indicabant. Tunc consistere agmen jubet,

    Curt. 3, 8, 24:

    contionem discedere in manipulos jubet. Tunc a veneratione Augusti orsus flexit ad victorias,

    Tac. A. 1, 34; cf. id. ib. 1, 67; 12, 31; 12, 33; 12, 69; id. H. 4, 72; Vitr. 1, 4, 12; 1, 6, 7; 2, 1, 2; 2, 1, 4; 5, 12, 5; 7, praef. 5; 7, 1, 3; 7, 2, 2; 8, 1, 1; Suet. Ner. 49; id. Vit. 15 fin.; id. Dom. 16; Front. Strat. 2, 5, 4; Gell. 1, 22, 6; 6 (7), 17, 6; 13, 31 (30), 6; 14, 2, 9; [p. 1915] Flor. 2, 13 (4, 2), 71; Just. 11, 4, 1; 11, 10, 2; 12, 7, 7; 13, 3, 4; 18, 4, 10 et saep.; Dig. 1, 2, 2, § 26.—
    (β).
    Before an abl. absol. (postclass.):

    statuunt tempus quo foedissimum quemque invadant. Tunc, signo inter se dato, inrumpunt contubernia,

    Tac. A. 1, 48:

    tunc, Campaniae ora proximisque insulis circuitis, Caprearum secessui quadriduum impendit,

    Suet. Aug. 98:

    tunc, exercitu in Aetoliam promoto, pecunias civitatibus imperat,

    Just. 14, 1, 6; 21, 5, 2; 22, 2, 7; 25, 2, 6.—
    (γ).
    Implying a consequence, then, under these circumstances, hence, accordingly:

    caedere januam saxis, instare ferro, ligna circumdare ignemque circumicere coeperunt. Tunc cives Romani, qui Lampsaci negotiabantur, concurrunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 27, § 69: huc tota Vari conversa acies suos fugere videbat. Tunc Rebilus; Perterritum, inquit, hostem vides;

    quid dubitas, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 34:

    animadversum est, extra consuetudinem longius a vallo esse aciem Pompei progressum. Tunc Caesar apud suos Differendum est iter, inquit, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 85:

    omnium spe celerius Saguntum oppugnari adlatum est. Tunc relata de integro res ad senatum,

    Liv. 21, 6, 5; cf. id. 9, 30, 10:

    Tisiphoneque Saevit et huc illuc impia turba fugit. Tunc niger in porta serpentum Cerberus ore Stridet,

    Tib. 1, 3, 71:

    apud patres disseruit, nec posse Orientem nisi Germanici sapientia conponi, etc. Tunc decreto patrum permissae Germanico provinciae,

    Tac. A. 2, 43; id. H. 4, 83; Vitr. 2, 8, 14; 2, 9, 16; Just. 39, 3, 11.—Emphatically, = tum vero:

    donec ipse quoque longinquo morbo est implicitus. Tunc adeo fracti simul cum corpore sunt spiritus illi feroces ut, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 31, 6.—And = tum primum:

    multitudo tandem perrumpit ordines hostium. Tunc vinci pertinacia coepta, et averti manipuli quidam,

    Liv. 9, 39, 10. —
    2.
    In enumerations with tum... deinde... postea, etc.
    (α).
    In gen. (postclass.): ante omnia instituit ut e libertorum bonis dextans... cogeretur; deinde ut ingratorum, etc.;

    tunc ut lege majestatis facta omnia... tenerentur,

    Suet. Ner. 32 med.; so,

    tunc... deinde... tunc, etc.,

    Vitr. 1, 6, 12 and 13:

    tunc... tunc... deinde... tunc,

    id. 3, 5, 5 and 6; cf. id. 5, 12, 4; cf. Suet. Oth. 6; Flor. 4, 2, 88.—With tum: terras primum situmque earum quaerit; deinde condicionem maris;

    tunc quidquid inter caelum terrasque interjacet perspicit... tum, peragratis humilioribus, ad summa prorumpit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 17 fin.; so Gai Inst. 3, 6, 3.—
    (β).
    Of successive speakers in dialogue (rare):

    tu vero abi, inquit, etc. Tunc Mucius Quandoquidem, inquit, est apud te virtuti honos, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 12, 15:

    apud quem Valerius in hunc modum egit, etc. Tunc Collatinus Quaero inquit, etc.,

    Val. Max. 2, 8, 2.—With tum:

    tunc poeta... inquit, etc. Tum Fronto ita respondit, etc.,

    Gell. 19, 8, 10 and 11; 12, 13, 19; Val. Max. 7, 3, ext. 4.—
    C.
    In co-ordination (very rare).
    1.
    = praeterea, and then:

    (Romulus) hoc consilio fultus... locupletari civis non destitit. Tunc, id quod retinemus hodie magna cum salute rei publicae, auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 15 sq.:

    praeter has, frugalitas et continentia... splendorem illi suum adfunderent. Tunc providentia cum elegantia quantum decoris illi adderent!

    Sen. Ep. 115, 3.—
    2.
    In the connection cum... tunc (v. tum, I. C. 3.):

    vivendum recte est cum propter plurima, tunc est Idcirco, etc.,

    Juv. 9, 118 ( poet. for tum, on account of the foll. vowel).—
    3.
    Vid. tunc etiam, III. B. 7. b.
    II.
    As correlative of dependent clauses.
    A.
    Of temporal clauses with cum.
    1.
    Referring to definite past time.
    a.
    Tunc as antecedent of the clause:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 108:

    etiamne in ara tunc sedebant mulieres Quom ad me profectu's ire?

    id. Rud. 3, 6, 8:

    quo damnato tunc, cum judicia fiebant, HS. IV milibus lis aestimata est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 22:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiscebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 43, §

    111: atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat: vos tunc paruistis cum paruit nemo nisi qui voluit,

    id. Lig. 7, 20: se ita pugnaturos ut Romae pugnaverint in repetenda patria, ut postero die ad Gabios, tunc cum effecerint ne quis hostium, etc., Liv. 6, 28, 9:

    et quod tunc fecimus cum hostem Hannibalem in Italia haberemus, id nunc, pulso Hannibale, cunctamur facere?

    id. 31, 7, 5:

    infelix Dido, nunc te facta impia tangunt? Tunc decuit cum sceptra dabas,

    Verg. A. 4, 597 (Rib. tum; v. Prisc. p. 8, 841 P.):

    prudenter sensit tunc incrementum Romano imperio petendum fuisse cum intra septimum lapidem triumphi quaerebantur,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 10:

    quorum nihil tunc cum diceretur parum aptum fuit,

    Quint. 11, 1, 89; cf. Val. Max. 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 8, ext. 1.—
    b.
    Introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of coincident actions:

    cum jam adpropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubie esset... tunc injecta trepidatio,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10.—
    (β).
    = deinde:

    adversus singula quaeque cum respondere haud facile esset, et quereretur... purgaretque se invicem, tunc Papirius, redintegrata ira, virgas et secures expediri jussit,

    Liv. 8, 32, 10:

    divus Caesar cum exercitum habuisset circa Alpes, imperavissetque, etc., tunc qui in eo castello fuerunt... noluerunt imperio parere,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 15:

    cum nuntiatum esset Leonidae a XX milibus hostium summum cacumen teneri, tunc hortatur socios, recedant,

    Just. 2, 11, 5.—
    2.
    Of definite present time, tunc is not found; v. tum.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent:

    arbitror, quo nos etiam tunc utimur cum ea dicimus jurati quae comperta habemus,

    Cic. Font. 13, 29 (9, 19):

    tunc obsequatur naturae cum senserit, etc.,

    id. Fragm. Hort. Phil. 75 B. and K.; id. Tusc. 2, 6, 16; id. Verr. 1, 18, 55; 2, 5, 12, § 29: qui tunc vocat me, cum malum librum legi, only... when, never... unless (= tote dê), Cat. 44, 21 Ellis (Mull. tum):

    deum tunc adfuisse cum id evenisset, veteres oratores aiebant,

    Quint. 10, 7, 14:

    tunc est commovendum theatrum cum ventum est ad illud Plodite,

    id. 6, 1, 52; cf. id. 4, 2, 8; 12, 11, 7; Vitr. 2, 9, 3:

    voluptas tunc, cum maxime delectat, exstinguitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 7, 4; cf. id. Q. N. 1, prol. 3; 5, 3, 3; 6, 3, 1; id. Ep. 10, 5; 85, 38:

    in tantam quantitatem tenetur quae tunc in peculio fuit cum sententiam dicebat,

    Dig. 5, 1, 15: tunc cum certum esse coeperit neminem ex eo testamento fore heredem, Gai Inst. 3, 13; 4, 71; Dig. 28, 3, 6, § 6; 40, 12, 16, § 2; 40, 7, 34.—
    b.
    Introducing the apodosis:

    cum autem fundamenta ita distantia inter se fuerint constituta, tunc inter ea alia transversa... collocentur,

    Vitr. 1, 5, 7; 2, 1, 6; 2, 3, 2; 2, 5, 2;

    3, 5, 13: cum folia pauca in acumine germinent, tunc maxime serendas ficus,

    Plin. 18, 26, 65, § 245; Just. 41, 2, 9.—
    4.
    Referring to future time:

    ex ceteris autem generibus tunc pecunia expedietur cum legionibus victricibus erunt quae spopondimus persolvenda, Cic. Fragm. Ep. Caes. jun. 1, 8: tunc inter eas fore finem belli dixit cum alterutra urbs in habitum pulveris esset redacta,

    Val. Max. 9, 3, ext. 3:

    poterant videri tunc incohanda cum omnia quae... peregissem,

    Quint. 6, 4, 1; Col. praef. 33; v. infra, III. A. 2. b.—
    B.
    With temporal clauses introduced by ubi (rare).
    1.
    Of definite past time:

    ad quod bellum ubi consules dilectum habere occipiunt, obstare tunc enixe tribuni,

    Liv. 4, 55, 2:

    haec ubi convenerunt, tunc vero Philomelus consuetudinem nocte egrediendi frequentiorem facere,

    id. 25, 8, 9.—
    2.
    Of indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent:

    tunc autem est consummata infelicitas, ubi turpia non solum delectant, sed etiam placent,

    Sen. Ep. 39, 6; id. Ben. 2, 3, 3; 2, 17, 3; id. Ep. 89, 19.—
    b.
    In apodosis:

    stillicidia ubi plura coiere et turba vires dedit, tunc fluere et ire dicuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 13, 4; 6, 17, 2; 6, 18, 2.—
    C.
    With temporal clauses introduced by postquam (posteaquam); rare.
    1.
    Of definite past time:

    posteaquam ingenuae virgines et ephebi venerunt ad deprecandum, tunc est pollicitus his legibus ut, etc.,

    Vitr. 10, 16, 7 (but in Sall. C. 51, 40 Dietsch reads tum).—
    2.
    Of indefinite time: si vero posteaquam eam destinasses, tunc perierit, etc., Dig 17, 2, 58, § 1.—
    D.
    With temporal clauses introduced by ut (very rare):

    ut vero... casus suorum miseris eluxit, tunc toto littore plangentium gemitus, tunc infelicium matrum ululatus... audiebantur,

    Just. 19, 2, 11.—
    E.
    With temporal clauses introduced by quando (rare).
    1.
    As antecedent:

    tunc quando abiero,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 7, 19 (4, 8, 8): tunc inserentur (cerasi) quando his vel non est, vel desinit gummi effluere, Pall. Oct. 12.—
    2.
    In apodosis:

    quando quodque eorum siderum cursum decorum est adeptum... tunc ex alterius naturae motione transversa... vinci a tardioribus videbantur,

    Cic. Univ. 9.—
    F.
    With temporal clauses introduced by dum (very rare):

    tunc tamen utrumque tolerabile est, dum illi vis sua est,

    Sen. Ep. 83, 21.—
    G.
    With conditional clauses.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    As antecedent:

    consilium istud tunc esset prudens si rationes ad Hispaniensem casum accommodaturi essemus,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:

    sin autem ventus interpellaverit et... tunc habeat canalem longum pedes quinque, etc.,

    Vitr. 8, 5, 2:

    tunc fidem fallam, tunc inconstantiae crimen audiam si, cum omnia eadem sint quae erant promittente me, non praestitero promissum,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 35, 2.—
    (β).
    In apodosis:

    si se simul cum gloria rei gestae exstinxisset, tunc victorem, quidquid licuerit in magistro equitum, in militibus ausurum,

    Liv. 8, 31, 7:

    quem si inclusit mare, tum ille exitu simul redituque praecluso, volutatur,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 15:

    quod si non illum, sed me peccasse putabis, tunc ego te credam cordis habere nihil,

    Mart. 2, 8, 6: si nullus sit suorum heredum, tunc hereditas pertinet ad adgnatos, Gai Inst. 3, 9:

    si vero dissentiunt, tunc praetoris partes necessariae sunt,

    Dig. 2, 14, 7, § 19; Sen. Q. N. 6, 9, 2; Gai Inst. 3, 205; Dig. 1, 3, 22.—
    2.
    With a supposition contrary to fact:

    audivi te cum alios consolareris: tunc conspexissem, si te ipse consolatus esses,

    Sen. Prov. 4, 5.—
    H.
    After abl. absol. (rare):

    legatis auditis, tunc de bello referre sese Aemilius dixit,

    Liv. 44, 21, 1:

    his ita praeparatis, tunc in rotae modiolo tympanum includatur,

    Vitr. 10, 9 (14), 2.
    III.
    Particular connections.
    A.
    With other particles of time.
    1.
    Jam tunc (rare):

    nisi jam tunc omnia negotia diligentissime confecissem,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 3: bellum jam tunc ab illis geri coeptum cum sibi Phrygiam ademerint, Trog. Pomp. ap. Just. 38, 53:

    At. C. Marius L. Sullam jam tunc, ut praecaventibus fatis, copulatum sibi quaestorem habuit,

    Vell. 2, 12, 1:

    Archilochum Nepos Cornelius tradit, Tullo Hostilio Romae regnante, jam tunc fuisse poematis clarum et nobilem,

    Gell. 17, 21, 8:

    palam jam tunc multae civitates libertatem bello vindicandam fremebant,

    Just. 13, 5, 5. —
    2.
    With demum and denique, not until then, then only, then at last.
    a.
    Tunc demum.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    tunc demum nuntius missus ad tertiam legionem revocandam,

    Liv. 41, 3, 5:

    tunc demum pectora plangi Contigit,

    Ov. H. 11, 91:

    tunc demum intrat tabernaculum,

    Curt. 4, 13, 20:

    tunc demum alia mala (exstiterunt),

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 6:

    (aquilae) primo deponunt, expertaeque pondus, tunc demum abeunt,

    Plin. 10, 3, 4, § 14:

    tunc demum... invidiam quae sibi fieret deprecati sunt,

    Suet. Calig. 9:

    tunc demum ad otium concessit,

    id. Claud. 5.—
    (β).
    With cum clause:

    postero die cum circumsessi aqua arceremur, nec ulla... erumpendi spes esset, tunc demum pacti sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 59, 6:

    et serius cum redisset, tum demum, recepto sospite filio, victoriae tantae gaudium consul sensit,

    id. 44, 44, 3:

    cum ab his oritur, tunc demum ei ratio constat,

    Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.: quos ordine suo tunc demum persequar cum praefaturus fuero, Col. praef. 33; Sen. Ep. 84, 6; id. Q. N. 7, 13, 1.—
    b.
    Tunc denique (very rare): hi dicebantur in eo tempore mathêmatikoi. Exinde ad perspicienda principia naturae procedebant ac tunc denique nominabantur phusikoi, Gell. 1, 9, 7.—
    3.
    Tunc primum:

    quia tunc primum superbiae nobilitatis obviam itum est,

    Sall. J. 5, 2:

    tunc primum circo qui nunc maximus dicitur, designatus locus est,

    Liv. 1, 35, 8:

    eum dolorem ulta est (plebs) tunc primum plebeis quaestoribus creatis,

    id. 4, 54, 2:

    tunc primum equo merere equites coeperunt,

    id. 5, 7, 13:

    lectisternio tunc primum in urbe Romana facto,

    id. 5, 13, 6; Tac. A. 11, 38; Suet. Ner. 17; Just. 8, 5, 1; 11, 10, 2; Jul. Capitol. Anton. Phil. 5; 7.—
    4.
    With deinde (cf.: tum deinde).
    (α).
    Deinde tunc:

    roga bonam mentem, bonam valetudinem animi, deinde tunc corporis,

    Sen. Ep. 10, 4; 74, 23; 117, 1.—
    (β).
    Tunc deinde: primum militiae vinculum est religio et signorum amor, et deserendi nefas; tunc deinde facile cetera [p. 1916] exiguntur, Sen. Ep. 95, 35; 11, 4; Val. Fl. 8, 109; Cels. 4, 15.—So, tunc postea, Vitr. 1, 6, 7.—
    5.
    Tunc tandem:

    simul enim cessit possessione Dii, excitavit hostem, ut tunc tandem sciret recuperanda esse quae prius amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4.—
    B.
    With emphatic particles.
    1.
    Tunc vero (or enimvero):

    in turbatos jam hostes equos inmittunt. Tunc vero Celtiberi omnes in fugam effunduntur,

    Liv. 40, 40, 10:

    cunctantem tamen ingens vis morbi adorta est. Tunc enim vero deorum ira admonuit,

    id. 2, 36, 6:

    tunc vero impotentis fortunae species conspici potuit,

    Curt. 3, 11, 23: Tiberioque suspensa semper verba;

    tunc vero nitenti, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 11.—
    2.
    Tunc quidem: et tunc quidem Perseus copias reduxit;

    postero die, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 57, 9:

    tunc quidem sacrificio rite perpetrato, reliquum noctis rediit, etc.,

    Curt. 4, 13, 16; cf. id. 3, 12, 21.—
    3.
    Ne tunc quidem:

    quia ne tunc quidem obsistebatur,

    Front. Strat. 3, 17, 9:

    ac ne tum quidem senatu aut populo appellato,

    Suet. Ner. 41; cf. Just. 27, 3, 6.—
    4.
    Tunc maxime (or tunc cum maxime).
    (α).
    Chiefly at that time, especially then:

    Theophrastus est auctor, in Ponto quosdam amnes crescere tempore aestivo... aut quia tunc maxime in umorem mutabilis terra est, aut quia, etc.,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 26, 2.—
    (β).
    Just then:

    hospitem tunc cum maxime utilia suadentem abstrahi jussit ad capitale supplicium,

    Curt. 3, 2, 17:

    non incidunt causae quae iram lacessant? sed tunc maxime illi oppugnandae manus sunt, Sen. de Ira, 2, 14, 2: sapiens tunc maxime paupertatem meditatur cum in mediis divitiis constitit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 1.—
    5.
    Tunc interea, Gell. 3, 7, 7; v. supra, I. A. 4. a.—
    6.
    Etiam tunc.
    (α).
    Even then:

    experiri etiam tunc volens an ullae sibi reliquae vires essent, etc.,

    Gell. 15, 16, 3.—
    (β).
    Still:

    quam defunctam praetextatus etiam tunc pro rostris laudavit,

    Suet. Calig. 10.— And with cum, Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 8; v. supra, II. A. 1. a.—
    7.
    Tunc etiam.
    (α).
    Etiam as connective, tum = eo tempore:

    in civitate plena religionum, tunc etiam ob recentem cladem superstitiosis principibus, ut renovarentur auspicia, res ad interregnum redit,

    Liv. 6, 5, 6.—
    (β).
    Poet. for tum etiam, on account of the vowel:

    ultima prona via est, et eget moderamine certo, Tunc etiam... Tethys solet ipsa vereri,

    Ov. M. 2, 68.—
    8.
    Tunc quoque.
    (α).
    Also then:

    irae adversus Vejentes in insequentem annum dilatae sunt. Tunc quoque ne confestim bellum indiceretur religio obstitit,

    Liv. 4, 30, 13; 44, 37, 12: saepe legit flores;

    et tunc quoque forte legebat,

    Ov. M. 4, 315:

    quare et sereno tonat? quia tunc quoque per quassum et scissum aera spiritus prosilit,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 18:

    cum quidam histriones producti olim, tunc quoque producerentur,

    Suet. Claud. 21:

    tunc quoque in Hyrcaniam remittitur,

    Just. 38, 9, 9.—
    (β).
    Even then:

    tunc quoque cum antiqui illi viri inclite viverent, cura comere capillum fuit,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 17, 7:

    faba vero non antequam trium foliorum. Tunc quoque levi sarculo purgare melius quam fodere,

    Plin. 18, 26, 65, § 241; Suet. Ner. 26; Flor. 1, 7, 12.—With tum demum:

    tametsi ad audiendum pigre coitur. Plerique in stationibus sedent... ac sibi nuntiari jubent an jam recitator intraverit... an ex magna parte evolverit librum: tum demum ac tunc quoque lente cunctanterque veniunt,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    = sic quoque, even as it was:

    quin nisi firmata extrema agminis fuissent, ingens in eo saltu accipienda clades fuerit. Tunc quoque ad extremum periculi ventum est,

    Liv. 21, 34, 8.—
    C.
    Tunc temporis (postclass.;

    v. tum, III. E.): ex gente obscura tunc temporis Persarum,

    Just. 1, 4, 4:

    parvae tunc temporis vires Atheniensibus erant,

    id. 3, 6, 6:

    ad abolendam invidiae famam qua insignis praeter ceteros tunc temporis habebatur,

    id. 8, 3, 7:

    erat namque tunc temporis urbs Appulis Brundisium,

    id. 12, 2, 7.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tunc

  • 14 ὑστερέω

    ὑστερ-έω, [tense] fut.
    A

    - ήσω LXXPs.83(84).12

    , al.: [tense] aor. ὑστέρησα (freq. with v.l. ὑστέρισα) Hdt.1.70, etc.: [tense] pf.

    ὑστέρηκα D.S.15.47

    , Ep.Hebr.4.1: [tense] plpf.

    ὑστερήκειν Th.3.31

    :—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.

    ὑστερήθην 2 Ep.Cor.11.9

    , J.AJ15.6.7: ([etym.] ὕστερος):— to be behind or later, come late, opp. προτερέω or

    φθάνω, ὑστέρησαν οἱ ἄγοντες Hdt.1.70

    , cf. E.Ph. 976, X.HG 5.1.3, Pl.Grg. 447a: c. dat. modi,

    ὑ. τῇ διώξει Th.1.134

    ;

    τῇ βοηθείᾳ D.59.3

    : simply, occur later, of thunder after lightning, Epicur.Ep.2p.46U.
    II c. gen. rei, come later than, come too late for, ὑστέρησαν (v.l. ὑστέρισαν) ἡμέρῃ μιῇ τῆς συγκειμένης came one day after the appointed day, Hdt.6.89; ὑ. τῆς μάχης ἡμέραις (sic leg. cum cod.C1, pro - ρας) πέντε came too late for the battle by five days, X.An.1.7.12;

    ὑστερήσαντες οὐ πολλῷ Th.8.44

    ;

    ὑ. δείπνου Amphis 39

    ; ἐπειδὴ τῆς Μυτιλήνης ὑστερήκει had come too late to save M., Th.3.31; ὑ. τῆς πατρίδος fail to assist it, X.Ages.2.1; τῶν λέμβων ὑ. miss them, Plb.5.101.4;

    τῶν καιρῶν Arist.SE 175a26

    ;

    τῆς ἐργασίας PCair.Zen. 25.12

     (iii B. C.);

    ταύτης [τῆς ὥρας] Gal.7.362

    ;

    τῆς βοηθείας D.S. 13.110

    .
    2 c. gen. pers., come after him,

    ὑ. εἰς Ἁλίαρτον τοῦ Λυσάνδρου X.HG3.5.25

    : also c. dat., come too late for him, Th.7.29.
    3

    ὑ. ἔς τι Hp.Epid.6.7.3

    .
    III metaph., lag behind, be inferior to,

    τῶν.. ἀποστόλων 2 Ep.Cor.11.5

    ;

    ἐμπειρίᾳ ὑ. τῶν ἄλλων Pl.R. 539e

    ; μηδ' ἐν ἄλλῳ μηδενὶ μέρει ἀρετῆς ὑ. ib. 484d;

    ἵνα γνῶ τί ὑστερῶ ἐγώ LXXPs.38(39).5

    .
    2 fall below, fail to do justice to a theme,

    ὑστερήσας οὐδὲν τῆς τέχνης Luc.Par.60

    .
    IV fail to obtain, lack,

    τἀγαθοῦ Clearch.Com.3.5

    ;

    τοῦ δικαίου PEnteux.86.11

     (iii B. C.);

    ξύλων ἀκανθίνων οὐχ ὑστεροῦσι, ἀλλ' ἢ ἔχουσιν ἱκανά PCair.Zen. 270.5

     (iii B. C.):—[voice] Med. (with [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.),

    ὑστερεῖσθαί τινος D.S.18.71

    , Ep.Rom.3.23, J.AJ15.6.7, PMasp. 2 iii 14 (vi A. D.); ὑστερηθεὶς τῆς ὁράσεως having lost his sight, PLond.5.1708.85 (vi A. D.);

    δάνιον δανιεῖς αὐτῷ ὅσον ἂν ἐπιδέηται καὶ καθ' ὅσον ὑστερεῖται LXX De.15.8

     (cod. A); in [tense] fut. [voice] Med., παιδὸς ὑστερήσομαι ( ἐστερήσομαι corr. Reiske) E.IA 1203.
    2 abs., fail, come to grief, Phld.Oec.p.50 J.; fall short of supplies,

    ἵνα μηθὲν ὑστερῇ τὰ ἐλαιούργια PHib.1.43.6

     (iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., to be in want, Ev.Luc. 15.14, 1 Ep.Cor.8.8; [tense] pf. part. ὑστερημένοι those who have failed, Phld.Herc.1457.9.
    V of things, fail, be wanting, Dsc.5.75.13, Ev.Jo.2.3; ἕν σε (v.l. σοι)

    ὑστερεῖ Ev.Marc. 10.21

    ;

    ὡς μὴ ὑστερεῖν τι ὑμῖν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων δικαίων BGU1074.7

     (iii A. D.).—Cf. ὑστερίζω throughout.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑστερέω

  • 15 κρίνω

    κρίνω (s. κρίμα; Hom.+) fut. κρινῶ; 1 aor. ἔκρινα; pf. κέκρικα; plpf. 3 sg. κεκρίκει (on the lack of augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; W-S. §12, 4; Mlt-H. 190; ἐκεκρίκει Just., D. 102, 2). Pass.: impf. ἐκρινόμην; 1 fut. κριθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐκρίθην; pf. κέκριμαι. Primary mng.: ‘to set apart so as to distinguish, separate’, then by transference
    ① to make a selection, select, prefer (Aeschyl., Suppl. 39 τὶ; Pla., Rep. 3, 399e κρίνειν τινὰ πρό τινος ‘prefer someone to someone’, cp. Phlb. 57e; Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 3 κ. τί τινι=select someth. because of someth. [a place because of its size]; κ. τὸ πρακτέον καὶ μὴ πρακτέον Did., Gen. 27, 3) ὸ̔ς μὲν γὰρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν the one prefers one day to another Ro 14:5a. In the other half of the sentence ὸ̔ς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, κ. prob. has the sense recognize, approve (X., Hell. 1, 7, 34 ἔκριναν τὴν τῆς βουλῆς γνώμην) the other holds every day in esteem vs. 5b. Closely associated is mng.
    ② to pass judgment upon (and thereby seek to influence) the lives and actions of other people
    ⓐ judge, pass judgment upon, express an opinion about Mt 7:1a, 2a; Lk 6:37a; 1 Cl 13:2; Pol 2:3 (Sextus 183 ὁ κρίνων ἄνθρωπον κρίνεται ὑπὸ τ. θεοῦ). κ. δικαίως D 4:3; B 19:11. κ. κατʼ ὄψιν by the outward appearance J 7:24a. κατὰ τὴν σάρκα 8:15. τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κ. pass a right judgment 7:24b (on the expr. cp. Dt 16:18). This is perh. the place for 1 Pt 4:6 ἵνα κριθῶσιν κατὰ ἀνθρ. (s. ESelwyn, comm. ad loc. ref. to Lghtf.; cp. Wsd 3:4).
    ⓑ esp. pass an unfavorable judgment upon, criticize, find fault with, condemn (Epict. 2, 21, 11) Ro 2:1abc, 3; 14:3f, 10, 13a (a play on words, w. κρίνειν used in two different mngs. in the same vs.; s. 4 below on vs. 13b); Col 2:16; Js 4:11, 12; D 11:12. μή τι κρίνετε do not pronounce judgment on anything 1 Cor 4:5. ἱνατί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; why is my freedom (of action) to be unfavorably judged by another person’s scruples? 1 Cor 10:29. μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτόν happy is the one who finds no fault w. himself Ro 14:22.—Also of a human judgment directed against God ὅπως ἂν νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε that you may win when you are judged Ro 3:4 (OMichel in KEK prefers active sense); 1 Cl 18:4 (both Ps 50:6).
    ③ to make a judgment based on taking various factors into account, judge, think, consider, look upon w. double acc. of the obj. and the predicate (Soph., Oed. R. 34; Pla., Rep. 9, 578b and s. Cebes 39, 4; 3 Macc 2:33; Just., D. 112, 1) οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτούς you do not consider yourselves worthy Ac 13:46 (Jos., Ant. 6, 159 ὸ̔ν αὐτὸς τ. βασιλείας ἄξιον ἔκρινεν; EpArist 98); cp. PtK 3 p. 15, 17. τὰ ὑστερήματα αὐτῶν ἴδια ἐκρίνετε you considered their shortcomings as your own 1 Cl 2:6. Pass. (Thu. 2, 40, 3; Jos., Ant. 4, 193) τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρʼ ὑμῖν; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 (Jos., Ant. 18, 76 ἄπιστα αὐτὰ κρίνειν).—Foll. by acc. w. inf. (Pla., Gorg., 452c, Rep. 9, 578b; X., An. 1, 9, 5; 28) κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν … εἶναι Ac 16:15.—W. inf. foll. κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς κτλ. 15:19.—Foll. by τοῦτο ὅτι 2 Cor 5:14.—W. direct quest. foll. ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς κρίνατε judge, decide for yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.—W. indirect quest. foll. (Thu. 4, 130, 7 κρίναντες ἐν σφίσιν αὐτοῖς, εἰ … ; X., Cyr. 4, 1, 5) εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν, ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε decide whether it is right to obey you rather than God Ac 4:19.—κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ φημι pass your own judgment on what I say 1 Cor 10:15.—ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας you have judged rightly Lk 7:43.
    ④ to come to a conclusion after a cognitive process, reach a decision, decide, propose, intend (Isocr. 4, 46; Polyb. 3, 6, 7; 5, 52, 6; 9, 13, 7; Epict. 2, 15, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 14, 118 §497 ὅταν οἱ θεοὶ κρίνωσιν; LXX) τί οὖν θέλετε, κρίνατε (restored) so decide now what you wish (to be done); w. inf. (Diod S 4, 33, 10; 17, 95, 1; UPZ 42, 37 [162 B.C.]; PTebt 55, 4 [II B.C.] ἔκρινα γράψαι; PLond III, 897, 11 p. 207 [84 A.D.]; 1 Macc 11:33; 3 Macc 1:6; Jdth 11:13; Wsd 8:9; Jos., Ant.7, 33; 12, 403; 13, 188; Did., Gen. 179, 7) Ac 3:13; 20:16; 25:25; 1 Cor 2:2; 5:3; Tit 3:12. W. τοῦ and inf. (B-D-F §397, 2) ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς Ac 27:1. ἐπεὶ ἤδη σεαυτῷ κέκρικας τοῦ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυλαχθῆναι since you have already decided in your own mind that these commandments cannot be kept by anyone Hm 12, 3, 6.—W. acc. and inf. (2 Macc 11:25, 36; 3 Macc 6:30; TestSol 10:8; SibOr 3, 127; Just., D. 102, 2) Ac 21:25 (even in the substantially different rdgs.). τοῦτο κέκρικεν …, τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον he has determined this, namely to keep his fiancée (pure and undefiled) 1 Cor 7:37 (s. s.v. γαμίζω 2; Diod S 4, 73, 2 of a father: κρίναι ταύτην [i.e. his daughter] παρθένον διαφυλάττειν). τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα but rather decide this, (namely) to give no offense Ro 14:13b. ἔκρινα ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, τὸ … ἐλθεῖν 2 Cor 2:1. τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τ. ἀποστόλων Ac 16:4 (cp. Polyb. 5, 52, 6 πράξας τὸ κριθέν; Epict. 2, 15, 7 τοῖς κριθεῖσιν ἐμμένειν δεῖ).
    ⑤ to engage in a judicial process, judge, decide, hale before a court, condemn, also hand over for judicial punishment, freq. as a legal t.t. (in a forensic sense Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).
    ⓐ of a human court
    α. act. and pass. abs. Ac 13:27. W. adv. GPt 3:7. κ. τινά: κατὰ τὸν νόμον J 18:31; Ac 23:3; 24:6 v.l. οὐδὲ ἐγὼ κρίνω ὑμᾶς GJs 16:3. Of the right of the apostle and the church to judge believers 1 Cor 5:12ab. μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον; does our law (personified) judge a person? J 7:51 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 50 §205 certain senators desire that before Mark Antony is declared a public enemy he should be brought to trial, ὡς οὐ πάτριον σφίσιν ἀκρίτου καταδικάζειν ‘on the ground that it was not their ancestral custom to condemn someone without a hearing’). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε I will punish you on the basis of your own statement Lk 19:22. Pass. Ac 25:10. κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing 26:6 (Appian, Basil. 12 κρινόμενος ἐπὶ τῷδε=be brought to trial because of this thing; likew. Iber. 55 §233; Ath. 2, 3; of God ApcrEzk Fgm. d). Also περί τινος (Diod S 12, 30, 5) 23:6; 25:20; w. addition of ἐπί w. gen. of the court of judicature before someone (schol. on Hes., Op. 9) 24:21; 25:9; D 11:11.—τί δὲ καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον; Lk 12:57, which leads over into the sphere of jurisprudence (vs. 58), means: why cannot you yourselves decide what is right? (cp. the prayer for vengeance fr. Amorgos [BCH 25, 1901 p. 416; Dssm., LO 94=LAE 118] ἐπάκουσον, θεά, καὶ κρῖναι τὸ δίκαιον; cp. Appian, Mithrid. 89 §403 κρίνειν τὴν μάχην=decide the battle; Just., A II, 15, 5).
    β. mid. and pass.: ‘dispute, quarrel, debate’, also go to law (so Thu. 4, 122, 4 δίκῃ κρίνεσθαι; Hos 2:4 al. in LXX; TestSol 4:4ff D; Mel., P. 101, 773) τινί with someone (Job 9:3; 13:19) Mt 5:40; B 6:1 (Is 50:8); μετά τινος (Vi. Aesopi W 76 κριθῆναί με μετὰ τῆς κυρίας μου ἐπὶ σοί=I am pleading my case with my mistress before you; Eccl 6:10) 1 Cor 6:6. ἐπί τινος before someone (as judge) vs. 1 (on the beginning of 1 Cor 6 cp. the decree of Alexander to the Greeks in Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21: βούλομαι δὲ μὴ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κρίνειν ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον, οὐδὲ ἐφʼ οὗ βούλεσθε=it is my wish [will] that you are not to go to law among yourselves, no matter what any of you may have against another, nor before anyone you wish).
    ⓑ of the divine tribunal
    α. occupied by God or Christ: abs. administer justice, judge J 5:30; 8:16, 50; cp. vs. 26; Rv 6:10; B 5:7. Pass. be judged Mt 7:1b, 2b; Lk 6:37b; Rv 11:18.—W. acc. foll. (PGM 4, 1013 of Horus ὁ κρίνων τὰ πάντα) J 5:22; 8:15b. τοὺς ἔξω 1 Cor 5:13. ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς judge the living and the dead 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; B 7:2. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων Ro 2:16. τὸν κόσμον B 4:12 (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 10 [Stone p. 32]; ApcEsdr 3:3 p. 27, 8 Tdf.). τὴν οἰκουμένην Ac 17:31; AcPl Ha 9, 29. κ. κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον judge each one by what that person does 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Rv 20:13. ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν the dead were judged by what was written in the books (of life and of death), in accordance w. their deeds vs. 12; δικαίως κ. judge uprightly (Sotades [280 B.C.] Fgm. 11, 2 Diehl2 II 6 p. 191 [in Stob. 4, 34, 8 vol. V p. 826, 5=Coll. Alex. p. 243] ὁ παντογενὴς … οὐ κρίνει δικαίως) 1 Pt 2:23; B 19:11. Also ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ Rv 19:11. διὰ νόμου κρίνεσθαι be judged on the basis of the law Js 2:12.—Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish (opp. σῴζειν as TestJud 24:6; Mel., P. 104, 810; cp. ApcEsdr 1, 11 p. 25, 3 Tdf. ἐμὲ κρῖνον ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν) J 3:17; cp. 18ab; 12:47ab, 48a; cp. 48b; Ac 7:7 (Gen 15:14); Dg 7:5f (opp. ἀγαπᾶν). διὰ νόμου κ. punish on the basis of the law Ro 2:12.—3:6f; 1 Cor 11:31f (here of the temporal punishment which God brings upon sinners); 2 Th 2:12; Hb 10:30 (κρινεῖ κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ the Lord will judge = punish his people is derived fr. Dt 32:36=Ps 134:14, where the judgment of God is spoken of, resulting in the vindication of the innocent [the thought prominent in the two OT pass.] and the punishment of the guilty [the thought prominent in the Hb pass.]); 13:4; Js 5:9; for 1 Pt 4:6 s. 2a above; Rv 18:8; 19:2; B 15:5.—W. the punishment given κ. διὰ πυρός 1 Cl 11:1; διὰ τῶν μαστίγων 17:5. κεκριμένοι ἤδη τῷ θανάτῳ already condemned to death B 10:5. Also εἰς θάνατον condemned to death Hs 9, 18, 2. οἱ κρινόμενοι ἀσεβεῖς the godless, who are condemned 2 Cl 18:1. Of the devil ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται J 16:11.—ταῦτα ἔκρινας you have imposed these punishments Rv 16:5.—On κρίνειν τὸ κρίμα 18:20 s. κρίμα 4.
    β. occupied by those who have been divinely commissioned to judge: the 12 apostles judge the 12 tribes Mt 19:28; Lk 22:30 (PBatiffol, RB n.s. 9, 1912, 541–43. But here κ. could have the broader sense rule; cp. 4 Km 15:5; Ps 2:10; 1 Macc 9:73; PsSol 17:29). κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία … σέ the one who is physically uncircumcised will sit in judgment upon you Ro 2:27. οἱ ἅγιοι as judges of the cosmos 1 Cor 6:2ab (κρίνεσθαι ἐν: Diod S 19, 51, 4.—On the saints as co-rulers with God cp. Epict., Ench. 15; Sallust. 21 p. 36, 14) as well as of the angels vs. 3 (cp. Da 7:22).
    ⑥ to ensure justice for someone, see to it that justice is done (LXX) τινί to someone 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:17).—B. 1428. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κρίνω

  • 16 bolívar

    m.
    1 bolivar, unit currency of Venezuela.
    2 Bolivar, Simon Bolivar.
    * * *
    * * *
    - no verle la cara a Bolívar
    * * *
    * * *
    * * *
    * * *

    bolívar sustantivo masculino
    bolivar ( Venezuelan unit of currency)
    bolívar sustantivo masculino bolivar (national currency of Venezuela)
    ' bolívar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    céntimo
    * * *
    Bolívar n pr
    (Simón) Bolívar (Simon) Bolivar
    BOLÍVAR
    The greatest of the leaders of Latin America's struggle for independence from Spain, Simon Bolivar was born in Caracas, Venezuela on 24 July 1783. From an early age he was an advocate of independence from Spain, and he propagandized for it on his travels through Latin America, Europe and the United States. Venezuela declared itself independent in 1811 at his prompting, and in 1813 he led a victorious army into Caracas, gaining for himself the title of “Libertador” (“Liberator”). In 1819 he founded the state of Gran Colombia (including modern-day Venezuela, Colombia, Panama and Ecuador), and became its first president. His only rival of equivalent stature was José de San Martin, who freed his native Argentina and helped in the liberation of Chile and Peru. After Bolivar met San Martin in 1822, the Argentinian resigned his position as protector of Peru and went into exile in France. Bolivar's subsequent victory at the battle of Ayacucho in 1824 finally secured independence for Peru and brought an end to Spanish rule in South America. In 1826 he opened the Congress of Panama, which sought to give concrete form to his ideal of a united confederation of Latin American states – an ideal which has been cherished by many Latin Americans since his day. Disillusioned by the failure of his pan-American ideal in practice, he retired from public life in 1830 and died on 17 December of the same year.
    * * *
    m bolivar (currency unit of Venezuela)
    * * *
    : bolivar (monetary unit of Venezuela)

    Spanish-English dictionary > bolívar

  • 17 द्रोणः _drōṇḥ

    द्रोणः [cf. Un. 3. 1.]
    1 A lake 4 poles long.
    -2 A cloud (or a particular kind of cloud) abounding in water (from which rain streams forth as from a bucket). को$यमेवंविधे काले कालपाशस्थिते मयि । अनावृष्टिहते शस्ये द्रोणमेघ इवोदितः ॥ Mk.1.26.
    -3 A raven or a carrion crow.
    -4 A scorpion.
    -5 A tree (in general).
    -6 A tree bearing (white) flowers.
    -7 N. of the preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. [Droṇa was the son of the sage Bharadvāja, and was so called because the seed, which fell at the sight of a nymph called Ghṛi- tāchī, was preserved by the sage in a droṇa. Though a Brāhmaṇa by birth, he was well-versed in the science of arms which he learnt from Paraśurāma. He after- wards taught the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas the science of arms and archery. When, however, the great war commenced, he attached himself to the side of the Kauravas, and after Bhīṣma had been mortally wounded-'lodged in the cage of darts'- he assumed the command of the Kaurava forces and maintained the struggle for four successive days, achieving wonder- ful exploits and killing thousands of warriors on the Pāṇḍava side. On the fifteenth day of the battle the fight continued even during the night, and it was on the morning of the 16th that Bhīma, at the suggestion of Kṛiṣṇa, said within Droṇa's hearing that Aśvatthāman was slain (the fact being that an elephant named Aśvatthaman had fallen on the field). Being at a loss to understand how that could be, he appealed to Yudhiṣṭhira, 'the truthful', who also, at the advice of Kṛiṣṇa, gave an evasive reply--uttered loudly the word Aśvatthāman and added 'Gaja or ele- phant' in a very low tone; sec Ve.3.9. Sorely grieved at the death of his only son, the kind-hearted old father fell in a swoon, and Dhṛiṣṭadyumna, his avowed enemy, took advantage of this circumstance, and cut off his head.]
    -णः, -णम् A measure of capacity, either the same as an Āḍhaka or equal to 4 Āḍhakas or 1/16 of a Khāri, or 32 or 64 shers; द्रोणस्तु खार्याः खलु षोडशांशः Lilā (Mar. अदमण).
    -णम् 1 A wooden vessel or cup, bucket; ततो$स्य रेतश्चस्कन्द तदृषिर्द्रोण आदधे Mb.1.13. 37.
    -2 A tub.
    -Comp. -आचार्यः see द्रोण above.
    -कलशः A kind of sacrificial vessel.
    -काकः, -काकलः a raven.
    -क्षीरा, -घा, -दुग्धा, -दुघा a cow yielding a droṇa of milk; सर्वा द्रोणदुघा गावो रामे राज्यं प्रशासति Mb.12.29.58.
    -गन्धिका a kind of plant (रासना).
    -मुखम् the capital of 4 villages; चतुःशतग्राम्या द्रोणमुखम् Kau. A.22.
    -मेघः see द्रोण (2) above.
    -वृष्टिः rain streaming forth from the द्रोण (cloud); अनावृष्टिहते सस्ये द्रोणवृष्टिरिवागता Mk.1.39.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > द्रोणः _drōṇḥ

  • 18 Pedro of Avis, prince

    (1392-1449)
       One of the many talented sons of King João I and Philippa of Lancaster, regent and older brother of Prince Henry of Aviz (Prince Henry the Navigator). Pedro's life and work were important in consolidating an independent Portuguese monarchy and in promoting the maritime discoveries and explorations down the coast of Africa. Well-educated for a member of royalty in his day, Infante Dom Pedro was present as a warrior at the auspicious conquest of Ceuta in Morocco in 1415, and was named Duke of Coimbra that same year. From 1425 to 1428, he traveled and studied in Europe, including in England, Germany, Hungary, Italy, and Aragon and Castile. He returned from his travels with a copy of Marco Polo's famous book and introduced this to his country.
       Among royalty and nobility, Prince Pedro's views were cautious regarding further Portuguese expansion in Morocco, and during the troubled times of 1436-38, he opposed the planned but ill-fated attack on the Moroccan city of Tangier; he called for the surrender later of Ceuta, in order to ransom the life of Prince Fernando, a prisoner in Moroccan hands. Following the death of King Duarte in 1438 and the subsequent succession crisis, including a civil war among factions, Prince Pedro acted as regent until 1446, when Prince Afonso reached his majority and was acclaimed King Afonso V, called "The African" (r. 1446-81).
       After Prince Pedro's powers were given up finally in 1448, his formerly exiled enemies returned to Portugal and vowed vengeance against him. Warfare ensued and, with the defeat of his army at the battle of Alfarrobeira in 1449, Prince Pedro was killed. His many accomplishments and talents off the battlefields were forgotten over the generations. Beginning in the late 19th century, the memory of his distinction and greatness was increasingly obscured by the growing fame, legend, and myth of his younger brother, Prince Henry of Aviz (Prince Henry the Navigator). An effort to rehabilitate the memory and public knowledge of Prince Pedro began in the early 1960s among a handful of foreign scholars, and was carried on by Portuguese scholars in the 1990s, but it appeared to have little effect against the pervasive cult of Prince Henry the Navigator.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Pedro of Avis, prince

  • 19 धृष्ट _dhṛṣṭa

    धृष्ट p. p. [धृष्-क्त]
    1 Bold, courageous, confident.
    -2 Impudent, rude, shameless, saucy, insolent; स्तुवञ्जिह्रेमि त्वां न खलु ननु धृष्टा मुखरता Mahimna.9; धृष्टः पार्श्वे वसति H.2.26.
    -3 Forward, presumptuous.
    -4 Profligate, abandoned.
    -5 Cruel, unkind.
    -ष्टः A faithless husband or lover; कृतागा अपि निःशङ्कस्तर्जितो$पि न लज्जितः । दृष्टदोषो$पि मिथ्यावाक् कथितो धृष्टनायकः S. D.72.
    -ष्टा A disloyal woman.
    -Comp. -केतुः N. of the son of धृष्टद्युम्न.
    -द्युम्नः N. of a son of Drupada and brother of Draupadī. [He with his father fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas, and for some days he acted as com- mander-in-chief of their forces. When Droṇa had killed Drupada after a hard struggle, Dhṛiṣṭadyumna vowed that he would be revenged for the death of his father. And he was able to fulfil this vow on the morning of the 16th day of the battle, when he un- fairly cut off the head of Droṇa (see Droṇa). He was afterwards surprised by Aṣvatthāman while lying asleep in the camp of the Pāṇḍavas, and was stamped to death.].
    -धी a. bold, presumptuous.
    -मानिन् a. having too high an opinion of oneself, presumptuous.
    -वादिन् a. speaking boldly.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > धृष्ट _dhṛṣṭa

  • 20 todo

    adj.
    1 all, the whole of, all of.
    Toda la mañana All morning. Perdió todo su dinero=He lost all his money.
    2 every, each.
    Todo carro que.. All car that....
    3 entire.
    adv.
    all.
    pron.
    everything, absolutely everything, all, all the lot.
    m.
    whole, unity, entirety.
    * * *
    3 (cada) every
    4 (igual) like, exactly like, the image of
    1 (sin excluir nada) all, everything
    2 (cualquiera) anybody
    1 (totalidad) whole
    2 (en charadas) all, whole
    1 completely, totally, all
    \
    así y todo in spite of everything
    a todo esto (por cierto) by the way 2 (mientras) in the meantime
    con todo in spite of everything
    de todas formas / después de todo anyway, after all
    del todo completely, entirely
    eso es todo that's all, that's it
    estar en todo to be really with it, know what's going on
    fue todo uno familiar it all happened at once
    hay de todo there are all sorts
    por todo,-a all over
    ser todo uno familiar to be all the same thing
    todo el mundo everybody
    todo lo contrario quite the opposite, quite the contrary
    todo lo más at the most
    todo quisque / todo Dios familiar every Tom, Dick and Harry
    todos y cada uno each and everyone
    ————————
    1 (totalidad) whole
    2 (en charadas) all, whole
    1 completely, totally, all
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. (f. - toda)
    pron.
    all, everything
    - todas 3. adv.
    wholly, entirely
    4. (f. - toda)
    adj.
    1) every, each
    2) all, whole, entire
    •
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [en singular] (=en su totalidad) all

    todo lo que usted necesite — everything o whatever you need

    con todo lo listo que es, no es capaz de resolver esto — clever as he is o for all his intelligence, he can't solve this problem

    • todo lo demás — all the rest

    • a o con toda prisa — in all haste, with all speed

    • a toda velocidad — at full speed

    a todo esto, la orquesta siguió tocando — meanwhile, the band kept on playing

    a todo esto, ¿os apetece ir al cine? — by the way, would you like to go to the cinema?

    a todo esto, no nos olvidemos de llamarla — while we're on the subject, we mustn't forget to phone her

    cuanto, mundo
    2) [en plural]
    a) [en un conjunto] all
    b) (=cada) every
    forma 2)
    3) [con valor enfático]

    es todo un hombre — he's every inch a man, he's a real man

    más 1., 2), d)
    4) (=del todo)
    2. PRON
    1) [en singular]

    lo han vendido todo — they've sold the lot, they've sold it all

    todo el que quiera... — everyone o anyone who wants to...

    todo a cien — ≈ pound store, ≈ dollar store (EEUU), shop selling everyday items at low prices

    2) [en plural] (=cosas) all (of them); (=personas) everybody, everyone

    todos estaban de acuerdo — everybody o everyone agreed

    todos los que quieran venir — all those who want to come, anyone who wants to come

    3) [locuciones con preposición]

    • ir a todo — to be prepared to do or die

    • ante todo — first of all, in the first place

    • con todo, con todo y — in spite of

    el coche, con todo y ser nuevo... — the car, in spite of being new..., despite the fact that the car was new...

    con todo (y con eso) — still, nevertheless

    con todo y con eso llegamos una hora tarde — we still arrived an hour late, nevertheless we arrived an hour late

    • de todo, lo llamaron de todo — they called him every name under the sun

    nos pasó de todo — everything possible happened to us, you name it, it happened to us

    • del todo — wholly, entirely

    • después de todo — after all

    de todas todas —

    ¡te digo que sí de todas todas! — I tell you it jolly well is!

    botica 1), pesar 4., 3), sobre II, 9)
    3.
    SM

    como o en un todo — as a whole

    jugar 3. TODO ► Para traducir el adjetivo todo con el sentido de en su totalidad se usa all, seguido del sustantivo en singular y sin determinante: Se pasó toda la tarde viendo la tele He spent all afternoon watching TV ► Con el mismo sentido anterior, también se puede traducir por whole o entire, este último es más enfático. En este caso, el indefinido tiene que ir acompañado de un sustantivo contable en singular y precedido por un determinante: Se pasó toda la tarde viendo la tele He spent the whole o the entire afternoon watching TV ► Todos se traduce por every cuando se hace hincapié en todos y cada uno de los individuos de un grupo de personas o cosas y también cuando se habla de acciones repetidas: Todos los niños deben llevar el uniforme del colegio Every child must wear school uniform Salimos a cenar todos los viernes We go out for dinner every Friday El sustantivo que sigue a every va en singular y nunca lleva determinante. El verbo va también en singular. ► Cuando todos se emplea para generalizar, se traduce por all. En este caso el sustantivo que sigue a all no lleva determinante: Todos los alemanes saben hablar inglés All Germans can speak English ► Todos también se traduce por all para referirse al conjunto de individuos de un grupo pero, a diferencia de every, sin dar importancia a los elementos. En este caso el sustantivo lleva determinante y va en plural, como el verbo: Todos los libros de la biblioteca eran antiguos All the books in the library were old
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) ( la totalidad de) all

    nos comimos todo el pan/todos los bombones — we ate all the bread/chocolates

    toda la mañana — all morning, the whole morning

    2) (cualquier, cada)

    todo artículo importado — all imported items, any imported item

    todos los días/los años — every day/year

    a todo esto — ( mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime; ( a propósito) incidentally, by the way

    II

    el/un todo — the/a whole

    jugarse el todo por el todo — to risk o gamble everything on one throw

    III
    - da pronombre
    1)
    a) ( sin excluir nada) everything

    ¿eso es todo? — is that all?

    b)

    todos/todas — ( referido a - cosas) all; (- a personas) all, everybody

    vinieron todos — they all came, everybody came

    ¿están todos? — is everyone o everybody here?

    ¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

    con todo (y eso) — (fam) ( aun así) all the same, even so

    con todo, sigo pensando que... — all the same o even so I still think that...

    de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything; venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things; hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything; del todo totally; no es del todo cierto it's not entirely o totally true; y todo: enfermo y todo, vino a trabajar sick as he was, he still came to work; tuvo que venir la policía y todo (fam) the police had to come and everything (colloq); de todas, todas (fam): ¿es verdad? - de todas, todas is it true? - you bet it is! (colloq); ganó de todas, todas he won by a mile (colloq); me las pagará todas juntas one of these days I'll get even with him for all of this; no tenerlas todas consigo — to be a little worried o uneasy

    3) (como adv)
    a) ( completamente) all

    está toda entusiasmada con el viaje — she's all o terribly excited about the trip

    * * *
    = all, complete, every, everything, whole affair, the, wholeness, the full monty, the whole lot, at large, the works!, the whole thing, the entire length of.
    Ex. All returned documents must be checked for the presence of a hold on the title.
    Ex. The main entry is the complete catalogue record of the document.
    Ex. The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.
    Ex. The CLEAR key erases everything on the screen.
    Ex. The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.
    Ex. The part chosen should have a unity of its own, a wholeness that offers a complete experience without at the same time giving away everything.
    Ex. The article ' The digital full monty?' forecasts that the world of information is likely to be dominated by global giants on the one hand and selective niche providers on the other.
    Ex. Alternatively the printer might not have ordered enough paper for the whole book, either because he miscalculated or because he could not afford to buy the whole lot at once = Por otro lado, el impresor podría no haber encargado suficiente papel para imprimir el libro entero, bien porque lo calculó mal o porque no podía permitirse el lujo de comprarlo todo de una vez.
    Ex. The committee will be expected to produce an annual report to the members at large.
    Ex. Whole cities laid to waste, heroes falling in battle, death of gods, the works!.
    Ex. The truth is that I'm pretty upset about the whole thing and don't have very warm feelings towards the makers of these products.
    Ex. It tells the story of one man's absurd quest to become the first person to walk the entire length of the Amazon River.
    ----
    * ¡a por todas! = go for it!.
    * abandonar toda esperanza = give up + hope.
    * abarcarlo todo = be all inclusive.
    * absolutamente todo = anything and everything, the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.
    * absolver a Alguien de todos los cargos = acquit + Nombre + on all counts.
    * acaparar toda la atención = steal + the limelight.
    * accesible por todos = widely accessible.
    * acceso para todos = access for all.
    * aceptado por todos = widely accepted.
    * a decir de todos = by all accounts.
    * afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.
    * ahorros de toda la vida = life-time savings, life savings.
    * ahorros de toda una vida = life savings.
    * al alcance de todos = within everybody's reach, within everyone's reach, accessible to everyone, accessible to everybody.
    * al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.
    * antes de todo = before anything else, first off.
    * ante todo = first and foremost, before anything else, more than anything else, first of all, above all, above all things.
    * a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.
    * a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.
    * aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.
    * a toda costa = absolutely, come what may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * a toda máquina = in the fast lane, fast lane, full steam ahead, at full tilt, full-tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda marcha = at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda mecha = at a rate of knots, full steam ahead, at full blast, at full throttle, at top speed, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda pasta = at a rate of knots.
    * a toda pastilla = in the fast lane, on the fast track, fast lane, full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at a rate of knots, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda prueba = unswerving.
    * a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.
    * a todas luces = patently.
    * a todas partes = far and wide.
    * a toda velocidad = full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a todo alrededor = all round.
    * a todo color = full-colour, in full colour.
    * a todo gas = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo lo largo de = the length of.
    * a todo meter = full steam ahead, at full stretch, at full speed, at full blast, at top speed.
    * a todo ritmo = in full swing, in full force, in full gear.
    * a todos lados = far and wide.
    * a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * a todos los niveles = at all levels.
    * a todos nosotros = us all.
    * a todos por igual = one size fits all.
    * a todo vapor = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo volumen = at full blast.
    * autoaprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong learning.
    * avanzar a toda máquina = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a toda mecha = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a toda pastilla = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a todo gas = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a todo meter = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a todo vapor = go + full steam ahead.
    * bastante para todos = enough to go round.
    * bien de todos, el = common good, the.
    * buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.
    * buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).
    * capaz de todo = capable of anything.
    * casi de todo = just about everything.
    * casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.
    * casi todos = almost any.
    * castigar con todo el peso de la ley = punish + to the full extent of the law.
    * celebrar por todo lo alto = make + a song and dance about.
    * comérselo todo = eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como un todo = as a whole.
    * comportarse como toda una señora = take + the high road, take + the high ground.
    * comportarse como todo un caballero = take + the high road, take + the high ground.
    * conjuntarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.
    * conocido de todos = well-known.
    * conocido por todos = widely recognised, well-known.
    * conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight.
    * contar todo sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * con toda claridad = as clear as a bell.
    * con toda confianza = feel + free to.
    * con toda desfachatez = shamelessly.
    * con toda franqueza = to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.
    * con toda honestidad = in all honesty.
    * con toda insolencia = shamelessly.
    * con toda la razón = quite rightly.
    * con toda la vestimenta = in full gear.
    * con toda nitidez = as clear as a bell.
    * con toda probabilidad = in all probability, probability.
    * con toda seguridad = safely.
    * con toda sinceridad = quite honestly, to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.
    * con todas las de la ley = full-bodied, full-fledged, full-scale.
    * con todas las prestaciones = full-featured.
    * con todas sus prestaciones = fully featured.
    * con toda su fuerza = in full force.
    * con toda tranquilidad = casually.
    * con todo descaro = shamelessly.
    * con todo el peso de la ley = to the full extent of the law.
    * con todo incluido = with the works!.
    * con todo mi debido respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.
    * con todo mi respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.
    * con todos los extras = with the works!.
    * con todos los lujos = with all mods and cons.
    * con todos mis respetos hacia (la opinión de) = pace.
    * con todos sus defectos = warts and all.
    * con todo tipo de comodidades = with all mods and cons.
    * con todo tipo de lujos = with all mods and cons.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * contra (todo) pronóstico = against (all/the) odds.
    * contra todo (tipo) de riesgo = against all risks.
    * controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * coordinarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.
    * correr a toda velocidad = sprint.
    * cubrir toda la gama = run + the gamut.
    * cubrir todo el espectro = run + the gamut.
    * dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.
    * dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * dedicar toda una vida = spend + lifetime.
    * dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * del todo = all the way.
    * demostrarlo todo = be proof enough.
    * dentro de todo = all in all.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * después de todo = after all.
    * de toda la empresa = systemwide.
    * de toda la institución = institution-wide, systemwide.
    * de toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * de toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * de toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.
    * de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.
    * de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.
    * de todas maneras = at any rate.
    * de todas partes = from far and wide.
    * de todo = throughout.
    * de todo corazón = heart-to-heart, with all + Posesivo + heart.
    * de todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * de todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * de todo el mundo = world over, the, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the world, across the globe, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * de todo el país = across the land, all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country.
    * de todo el planeta = across the planet.
    * de todo el sistema = systemwide.
    * de todo + Nombre = all through + Nombre.
    * de todos conocido = well-known.
    * de todos lados = from far and wide.
    * de todos los colores = of all stripes, a rainbow of.
    * de todos los tiempos = all-time, of all time(s).
    * de todos los tipos = of all stripes.
    * de todos modos = at any rate.
    * de todo tipo = of all sorts, of every sort, of all stripes, of all shapes and sizes.
    * de todo un poco = about this and that and everything else, about this and that.
    * de una vez por todas = once and for all, once for all.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * dirigirse a toda prisa hacia = make + haste towards.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.
    * durante toda la noche = all-night, all night long.
    * durante toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * durante toda una vida = over a lifetime.
    * durante todo = all the way through, throughout.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * durante todo el trimestre = semester-long.
    * durante todo el verano = all summer long.
    * durante todo + Tiempo = all through + Tiempo.
    * durar toda una vida = go on + for a lifetime, last + (for) a lifetime.
    * echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.
    * echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * encontrarle defectos a todo = nitpick.
    * encontrarle faltas a todo = nitpick.
    * en igualdad de condiciones para todos los sexos = gender-equitable.
    * en toda la empresa = company-wide, systemwide.
    * en toda la institución = systemwide.
    * en toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * en toda ocasión = at every turn.
    * en todas partes = all around, far and wide.
    * en todo = throughout.
    * en todo caso = if anything.
    * en todo el edificio = site-wide.
    * en todo el estado = statewide [state-wide].
    * en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, throughout the world, around the world, all around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.
    * en todo el país = all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country, across the country.
    * en todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * en todo el proceso = throughout.
    * en todo el sistema = systemwide.
    * en todo momento = at all times, at every instant, every step of the way, throughout, at every turn, day in and day out, at all hours, time after time.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos lados = far and wide.
    * en todos los aspectos = all-round.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en todos menos en = in all but.
    * en todos y cada uno de = in all.
    * escolarización para todos = universal schooling.
    * eso es casi todo = that's about it.
    * estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * exento de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * facilitarle la vida a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.
    * fuente de todos los males, la = root of all evil, the.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * gente de todo tipo = people from all walks of life.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer (todo) el trabajo pesado = do (all) + the donkey work.
    * hacer todo lo posible = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can, try + hard, try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out, work + hard.
    * hacer todo lo posible (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * hacer todo lo posible para = every effort + be + made to.
    * hacer todo lo posible por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to, endeavour [endeavor, -USA], take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * hacer un todo de = lump + Nombre + into.
    * hasta ahora, todo bien = so far, so good.
    * igualdad de condiciones para todos = levelling of the playing field.
    * igual para todos = one size fits all.
    * incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.
    * incluirlo todo = be all inclusive.
    * insuficiente para todos = insufficient to go round.
    * integrar formando un todo = articulate.
    * ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.
    * jalárselo todo = scoff + the lot, eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.
    * jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * justamente todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * justamente todo lo contrario de = quite the opposite of.
    * libre de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * mantener todo controlado = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * meterse en todos los fregados = have + a finger in every pie.
    * motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.
    * no aburrir a Alguien con todos los detalles = spare + Nombe + all the details.
    * no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no del todo maduro, verde = underripe.
    * no ser oro todo lo que reluce = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.
    * No todo lo que reluce es oro = All that glitters is not gold, Not all that is gold glitters.
    * ocurrir todo a la vez = happen + all at once.
    * origen de todos males, el = root of all evil, the.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * póliza de seguro a todo riesgo = all risks cover.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * que afecta a toda la empresa = enterprise-wide.
    * que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.
    * que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.
    * que bate todos los récords = record breaking.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * que dura todo el año = year-round.
    * que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.
    * que lo incluye todo = all-embracing.
    * reconocido por todos = widely recognised.
    * relación parte = whole/part relationship.
    * replantearse todo desde cero = get back to + basics.
    * reservados todos los derechos = all rights reserved.
    * resistir con todas las fuerzas = resist + with every cell in + Posesivo + body.
    * respetado por todos = widely-respected.
    * revolucionarlo todo = turn + everything upside down.
    * revolverlo todo = turn + everything upside down.
    * sacarle defectos a todo = nitpick.
    * sacarle faltas a todo = nitpick.
    * salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.
    * seguro a todo riesgo = comprehensive insurance, all-risk insurance.
    * ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.
    * ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.
    * ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.
    * serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.
    * ser todo corazón = have + a heart of gold.
    * ser todo oídos = be all ears.
    * ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * ser todo ventajas = the best of both worlds.
    * ser todo vida = be all life.
    * si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.
    * si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * sobre todo = above all, above everything else, in particular, above all things.
    * tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan queridos de todos = so beloved of all.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener todas las de perder = fight + a losing battle.
    * tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.
    * tener todo + Nombre + a + Posesivo + disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener todo + Nombre + para + Pronombre = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tienda de todo a cien = dollar store.
    * tienda que vende de todo = general store.
    * titular a toda plana = headline banner.
    * toda alma viviente = every living soul.
    * toda clase de = all sorts of.
    * toda la comunidad = the community at large.
    * toda la fuerza = full force.
    * toda la fuerza de = the full force of.
    * toda la fuerza del impacto = full force.
    * toda la noche = all night long.
    * toda la sociedad = society at large.
    * toda la trupe = in full force.
    * toda la verdad sobre = the skinny on.
    * toda la vida = from the cradle to the grave, whole lifelong, whole life.
    * todas las florituras = all the bells and whistles.
    * todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.
    * todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * todas las razones del mundo = every reason.
    * todas las semanas = weekly.
    * toda una serie de = a whole series of.
    * toda una vida = a lifetime.
    * toda una vida de experiencia = a lifetime of experience.
    * toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.
    * todo a la vez = all at once.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * todo bicho viviente = every living soul, everyone and their mother, every Tom, Dick and Harry.
    * todo confuso = in a state of disarray.
    * todo continúa como antes = life goes on as before.
    * todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.
    * todo de una vez = in one lump.
    * todo de (un) golpe = all at once.
    * todo dios = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.
    * todo el año = year-round.
    * todo el cotarro = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.
    * todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.
    * todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.
    * todo el peso de la ley = full force of the law, the, full force of the law, the.
    * todo el rato = all the while.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todo el tiempo = all of the time, left, right and centre, the whole time, all the while.
    * todo el tinglado = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.
    * todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.
    * todo en uno = all in one.
    * todo es posible = all bets are off, the sky is the limit.
    * todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.
    * todo esto = the whole thing.
    * todo excepto = everything except (for).
    * todo florido = in full blossom.
    * todo hijo de vecino = every Tom, Dick and Harry.
    * todo incluido = all-inclusive.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * todo liado = in a state of disarray.
    * todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse, in marked contrast.
    * todo lo demás = all else.
    * todo lo que toca se convierte en oro = Midas touch, the.
    * todo lo relativo al personaje novelesco Holmes = Holmesiana.
    * todo lujo de detalles = chapter and verse.
    * todo marcha bien = everything is hunky-dory.
    * todo menos = everything except (for).
    * todo mindundi = every Tom, Dick and Harry.
    * todo + Nombre = the whole + Nombre.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * todo quisque = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.
    * todo quisqui = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.
    * todo recto = straight ahead, straight on.
    * todos = everybody, everyone, them all, all comers, great and small, all concerned, anyone and everyone.
    * todos a cubierta = all hands on deck!.
    * todos a la faena = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).
    * todos al rescate = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).
    * todo seguido = continuously, straight ahead, straight on.
    * todos ellos = them all.
    * todo ser humano = every living soul.
    * todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.
    * todos excepto = everyone except, everybody except.
    * todos excepto + Número = all but + Número.
    * todos lo demás = everyone else.
    * todos los accesorios extras = all the bells and whistles.
    * todos los adornos extras = all the bells and whistles.
    * todos los años = on a yearly basis, year in and year out, year-on-year.
    * todos los demás = everybody else.
    * todos los derechos reservados = all rights reserved.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * todos los miembros de la agencia = agency-wide.
    * todos los otros = all of the other.
    * todos manos a la obra = all hands to the pump(s), all hands on deck.
    * todos menos = everyone except, everybody except.
    * todos menos + Número = all but + Número.
    * todos nosotros = all of us.
    * todos por igual = share and share alike.
    * todos ustedes = you all.
    * todos vosotros = you all.
    * todos y cada uno = all and sundry, in full force, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * todos y cada uno de + Adjetivo + Nombre = Pronombre + every + Nombre.
    * todo tiene sus ventajas y sus inconvenientes = swings and roundabouts, what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * todo tipo de = all sorts of, all manner of.
    * todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.
    * todo va a las mil maravillas = everything is hunky-dory.
    * todo vale = no holds barred.
    * trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.
    * tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.
    * tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.
    * vida a toda pastilla = life in the fast lane.
    * y lo peor de todo = and worst of all.
    * y sobre todo = and worst of all.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.
    * zampárselo todo = scoff + the lot.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1) ( la totalidad de) all

    nos comimos todo el pan/todos los bombones — we ate all the bread/chocolates

    toda la mañana — all morning, the whole morning

    2) (cualquier, cada)

    todo artículo importado — all imported items, any imported item

    todos los días/los años — every day/year

    a todo esto — ( mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime; ( a propósito) incidentally, by the way

    II

    el/un todo — the/a whole

    jugarse el todo por el todo — to risk o gamble everything on one throw

    III
    - da pronombre
    1)
    a) ( sin excluir nada) everything

    ¿eso es todo? — is that all?

    b)

    todos/todas — ( referido a - cosas) all; (- a personas) all, everybody

    vinieron todos — they all came, everybody came

    ¿están todos? — is everyone o everybody here?

    ¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

    con todo (y eso) — (fam) ( aun así) all the same, even so

    con todo, sigo pensando que... — all the same o even so I still think that...

    de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything; venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things; hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything; del todo totally; no es del todo cierto it's not entirely o totally true; y todo: enfermo y todo, vino a trabajar sick as he was, he still came to work; tuvo que venir la policía y todo (fam) the police had to come and everything (colloq); de todas, todas (fam): ¿es verdad? - de todas, todas is it true? - you bet it is! (colloq); ganó de todas, todas he won by a mile (colloq); me las pagará todas juntas one of these days I'll get even with him for all of this; no tenerlas todas consigo — to be a little worried o uneasy

    3) (como adv)
    a) ( completamente) all

    está toda entusiasmada con el viaje — she's all o terribly excited about the trip

    * * *
    = all, complete, every, everything, whole affair, the, wholeness, the full monty, the whole lot, at large, the works!, the whole thing, the entire length of.

    Ex: All returned documents must be checked for the presence of a hold on the title.

    Ex: The main entry is the complete catalogue record of the document.
    Ex: The directory is a finding list which lists for every field its tag, the number of characters in the field, and the starting character position of the field within the record.
    Ex: The CLEAR key erases everything on the screen.
    Ex: The whole affair, assembled and compressed, could be lugged off in a moving van.
    Ex: The part chosen should have a unity of its own, a wholeness that offers a complete experience without at the same time giving away everything.
    Ex: The article ' The digital full monty?' forecasts that the world of information is likely to be dominated by global giants on the one hand and selective niche providers on the other.
    Ex: Alternatively the printer might not have ordered enough paper for the whole book, either because he miscalculated or because he could not afford to buy the whole lot at once = Por otro lado, el impresor podría no haber encargado suficiente papel para imprimir el libro entero, bien porque lo calculó mal o porque no podía permitirse el lujo de comprarlo todo de una vez.
    Ex: The committee will be expected to produce an annual report to the members at large.
    Ex: Whole cities laid to waste, heroes falling in battle, death of gods, the works!.
    Ex: The truth is that I'm pretty upset about the whole thing and don't have very warm feelings towards the makers of these products.
    Ex: It tells the story of one man's absurd quest to become the first person to walk the entire length of the Amazon River.
    * ¡a por todas! = go for it!.
    * abandonar toda esperanza = give up + hope.
    * abarcarlo todo = be all inclusive.
    * absolutamente todo = anything and everything, the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.
    * absolver a Alguien de todos los cargos = acquit + Nombre + on all counts.
    * acaparar toda la atención = steal + the limelight.
    * accesible por todos = widely accessible.
    * acceso para todos = access for all.
    * aceptado por todos = widely accepted.
    * a decir de todos = by all accounts.
    * afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.
    * ahorros de toda la vida = life-time savings, life savings.
    * ahorros de toda una vida = life savings.
    * al alcance de todos = within everybody's reach, within everyone's reach, accessible to everyone, accessible to everybody.
    * al igual que con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.
    * antes de todo = before anything else, first off.
    * ante todo = first and foremost, before anything else, more than anything else, first of all, above all, above all things.
    * a pesar de todo = all the same, in spite of everything, despite everything, despite it all, in spite of it all, all this said.
    * a pesar de todo + Posesivo + Nombre = for all + Posesivo + Nombre.
    * aprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong education.
    * a toda costa = absolutely, come what may, at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * a toda máquina = in the fast lane, fast lane, full steam ahead, at full tilt, full-tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda marcha = at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda mecha = at a rate of knots, full steam ahead, at full blast, at full throttle, at top speed, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a toda pasta = at a rate of knots.
    * a toda pastilla = in the fast lane, on the fast track, fast lane, full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at a rate of knots, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a toda prueba = unswerving.
    * a todas horas = at all hours, around the clock.
    * a todas luces = patently.
    * a todas partes = far and wide.
    * a toda velocidad = full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed.
    * a todo alrededor = all round.
    * a todo color = full-colour, in full colour.
    * a todo gas = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo lo largo de = the length of.
    * a todo meter = full steam ahead, at full stretch, at full speed, at full blast, at top speed.
    * a todo ritmo = in full swing, in full force, in full gear.
    * a todos lados = far and wide.
    * a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * a todos los niveles = at all levels.
    * a todos nosotros = us all.
    * a todos por igual = one size fits all.
    * a todo vapor = full steam ahead, full-tilt, at full tilt, full-throttle, at full throttle, at top speed, at full blast, at full speed, at full stretch.
    * a todo volumen = at full blast.
    * autoaprendizaje durante toda la vida = lifelong learning.
    * avanzar a toda máquina = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a toda mecha = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a toda pastilla = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a todo gas = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a todo meter = go + full steam ahead.
    * avanzar a todo vapor = go + full steam ahead.
    * bastante para todos = enough to go round.
    * bien de todos, el = common good, the.
    * buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.
    * buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).
    * capaz de todo = capable of anything.
    * casi de todo = just about everything.
    * casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.
    * casi todos = almost any.
    * castigar con todo el peso de la ley = punish + to the full extent of the law.
    * celebrar por todo lo alto = make + a song and dance about.
    * comérselo todo = eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como un todo = as a whole.
    * comportarse como toda una señora = take + the high road, take + the high ground.
    * comportarse como todo un caballero = take + the high road, take + the high ground.
    * conjuntarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.
    * conocido de todos = well-known.
    * conocido por todos = widely recognised, well-known.
    * conseguir ser el blanco de todas las miradas = capture + spotlight, grab + the spotlight.
    * contar todo sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * con toda claridad = as clear as a bell.
    * con toda confianza = feel + free to.
    * con toda desfachatez = shamelessly.
    * con toda franqueza = to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.
    * con toda honestidad = in all honesty.
    * con toda insolencia = shamelessly.
    * con toda la razón = quite rightly.
    * con toda la vestimenta = in full gear.
    * con toda nitidez = as clear as a bell.
    * con toda probabilidad = in all probability, probability.
    * con toda seguridad = safely.
    * con toda sinceridad = quite honestly, to put it frankly, in all sincerity, in all honesty.
    * con todas las de la ley = full-bodied, full-fledged, full-scale.
    * con todas las prestaciones = full-featured.
    * con todas sus prestaciones = fully featured.
    * con toda su fuerza = in full force.
    * con toda tranquilidad = casually.
    * con todo descaro = shamelessly.
    * con todo el peso de la ley = to the full extent of the law.
    * con todo incluido = with the works!.
    * con todo mi debido respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.
    * con todo mi respeto hacia = with (all) due respect to.
    * con todos los extras = with the works!.
    * con todos los lujos = with all mods and cons.
    * con todos mis respetos hacia (la opinión de) = pace.
    * con todos sus defectos = warts and all.
    * con todo tipo de comodidades = with all mods and cons.
    * con todo tipo de lujos = with all mods and cons.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * contra (todo) pronóstico = against (all/the) odds.
    * contra todo (tipo) de riesgo = against all risks.
    * controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * coordinarlo todo = tie + the pieces together.
    * correr a toda velocidad = sprint.
    * cubrir toda la gama = run + the gamut.
    * cubrir todo el espectro = run + the gamut.
    * dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.
    * dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * dedicar toda una vida = spend + lifetime.
    * dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * del todo = all the way.
    * demostrarlo todo = be proof enough.
    * dentro de todo = all in all.
    * desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.
    * desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * después de todo = after all.
    * de toda la empresa = systemwide.
    * de toda la institución = institution-wide, systemwide.
    * de toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * de toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * de toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * de todas formas = anyway(s), at any rate, anyhow.
    * de todas las formas posibles = in any and all ways.
    * de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.
    * de todas maneras = at any rate.
    * de todas partes = from far and wide.
    * de todo = throughout.
    * de todo corazón = heart-to-heart, with all + Posesivo + heart.
    * de todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * de todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * de todo el mundo = world over, the, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the world, across the globe, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * de todo el país = across the land, all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country.
    * de todo el planeta = across the planet.
    * de todo el sistema = systemwide.
    * de todo + Nombre = all through + Nombre.
    * de todos conocido = well-known.
    * de todos lados = from far and wide.
    * de todos los colores = of all stripes, a rainbow of.
    * de todos los tiempos = all-time, of all time(s).
    * de todos los tipos = of all stripes.
    * de todos modos = at any rate.
    * de todo tipo = of all sorts, of every sort, of all stripes, of all shapes and sizes.
    * de todo un poco = about this and that and everything else, about this and that.
    * de una vez por todas = once and for all, once for all.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * dirigirse a toda prisa hacia = make + haste towards.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.
    * durante toda la noche = all-night, all night long.
    * durante toda la vida = lifelong [life-long].
    * durante toda una vida = over a lifetime.
    * durante todo = all the way through, throughout.
    * durante todo el día = all day long.
    * durante todo el trimestre = semester-long.
    * durante todo el verano = all summer long.
    * durante todo + Tiempo = all through + Tiempo.
    * durar toda una vida = go on + for a lifetime, last + (for) a lifetime.
    * echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.
    * echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.
    * echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.
    * el dinero es el origen de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el dinero es la fuente de todos los males = money is the root of all evil.
    * el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.
    * el mejor de todos = the cream of the crop, crème de la crème.
    * el mejor momento de todos = the time of all times.
    * el peor de todos = the worst of the lot.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el sueño de todos = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * encontrarle defectos a todo = nitpick.
    * encontrarle faltas a todo = nitpick.
    * en igualdad de condiciones para todos los sexos = gender-equitable.
    * en toda la empresa = company-wide, systemwide.
    * en toda la institución = systemwide.
    * en toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * en toda ocasión = at every turn.
    * en todas partes = all around, far and wide.
    * en todo = throughout.
    * en todo caso = if anything.
    * en todo el edificio = site-wide.
    * en todo el estado = statewide [state-wide].
    * en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, throughout the world, around the world, all around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.
    * en todo el país = all around the country, all over the country, from all over the country, across the country.
    * en todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * en todo el proceso = throughout.
    * en todo el sistema = systemwide.
    * en todo momento = at all times, at every instant, every step of the way, throughout, at every turn, day in and day out, at all hours, time after time.
    * en todos estos sentidos = in all these regards.
    * en todos lados = far and wide.
    * en todos los aspectos = all-round.
    * en todos los sentidos = in all respects, in every sense.
    * en todos menos en = in all but.
    * en todos y cada uno de = in all.
    * escolarización para todos = universal schooling.
    * eso es casi todo = that's about it.
    * estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * exento de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * facilitarle la vida a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.
    * fuente de todos los males, la = root of all evil, the.
    * fuera de toda duda = incontrovertible, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * fuera de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * ganar cuando todo parece estar perdido = victory from the jaws of defeat.
    * gente de todo tipo = people from all walks of life.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer (todo) el trabajo pesado = do (all) + the donkey work.
    * hacer todo lo posible = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can, try + hard, try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out, work + hard.
    * hacer todo lo posible (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * hacer todo lo posible para = every effort + be + made to.
    * hacer todo lo posible por = go to + any lengths to, go to + great lengths to, endeavour [endeavor, -USA], take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * hacer un todo de = lump + Nombre + into.
    * hasta ahora, todo bien = so far, so good.
    * igualdad de condiciones para todos = levelling of the playing field.
    * igual para todos = one size fits all.
    * incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.
    * incluirlo todo = be all inclusive.
    * insuficiente para todos = insufficient to go round.
    * integrar formando un todo = articulate.
    * ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.
    * jalárselo todo = scoff + the lot, eat + Posesivo + way through.
    * jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.
    * jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * justamente todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * justamente todo lo contrario de = quite the opposite of.
    * libre de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * llevar al hospital con toda urgencia = rush + Nombre + to hospital.
    * llevar todas las de perder = odds + be stacked against, not have a leg to stand on.
    * lo mejor de todo = best of all.
    * lo primero de todo = first of all, first off.
    * mantener todo controlado = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * meterse en todos los fregados = have + a finger in every pie.
    * motocicleta todo terreno = dirt bike.
    * no aburrir a Alguien con todos los detalles = spare + Nombe + all the details.
    * no creerse Algo del todo = take + Nombre + with a pinch of salt.
    * no del todo maduro, verde = underripe.
    * no ser oro todo lo que reluce = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * no somos todos iguales = one size doesn't fit all.
    * No todo lo que reluce es oro = All that glitters is not gold, Not all that is gold glitters.
    * ocurrir todo a la vez = happen + all at once.
    * origen de todos males, el = root of all evil, the.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * póliza de seguro a todo riesgo = all risks cover.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * que afecta a toda la empresa = enterprise-wide.
    * que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.
    * que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.
    * que bate todos los récords = record breaking.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * que dura todo el año = year-round.
    * que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.
    * que lo incluye todo = all-embracing.
    * reconocido por todos = widely recognised.
    * relación parte = whole/part relationship.
    * replantearse todo desde cero = get back to + basics.
    * reservados todos los derechos = all rights reserved.
    * resistir con todas las fuerzas = resist + with every cell in + Posesivo + body.
    * respetado por todos = widely-respected.
    * revolucionarlo todo = turn + everything upside down.
    * revolverlo todo = turn + everything upside down.
    * sacarle defectos a todo = nitpick.
    * sacarle faltas a todo = nitpick.
    * salir a toda prisa = make + a hasty exit.
    * seguro a todo riesgo = comprehensive insurance, all-risk insurance.
    * ser conocido por todos = be out in the open.
    * ser el centro de todas las miradas = cut + a dash.
    * ser justo con todos = give the devil his due.
    * serlo todo para todos = be all things to all men, be all things to all people.
    * ser todo corazón = have + a heart of gold.
    * ser todo oídos = be all ears.
    * ser todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * ser todo ventajas = the best of both worlds.
    * ser todo vida = be all life.
    * si todo sigue igual = all (other) things being equal.
    * si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.
    * sobre todas las cosas = above all things.
    * sobre todo = above all, above everything else, in particular, above all things.
    * tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.
    * tan queridos de todos = so beloved of all.
    * tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * tener todas las de perder = fight + a losing battle.
    * tener todas las posibilidades de = have + every possibility of.
    * tener todo + Nombre + a + Posesivo + disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener todo + Nombre + para + Pronombre = have + the run of the + Nombre.
    * tener todo un éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.
    * tienda de todo a cien = dollar store.
    * tienda que vende de todo = general store.
    * titular a toda plana = headline banner.
    * toda alma viviente = every living soul.
    * toda clase de = all sorts of.
    * toda la comunidad = the community at large.
    * toda la fuerza = full force.
    * toda la fuerza de = the full force of.
    * toda la fuerza del impacto = full force.
    * toda la noche = all night long.
    * toda la sociedad = society at large.
    * toda la trupe = in full force.
    * toda la verdad sobre = the skinny on.
    * toda la vida = from the cradle to the grave, whole lifelong, whole life.
    * todas las florituras = all the bells and whistles.
    * todas las iniciales del nombre propio = full initials.
    * todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * todas las razones del mundo = every reason.
    * todas las semanas = weekly.
    * toda una serie de = a whole series of.
    * toda una vida = a lifetime.
    * toda una vida de experiencia = a lifetime of experience.
    * toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.
    * todo a la vez = all at once.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * todo bicho viviente = every living soul, everyone and their mother, every Tom, Dick and Harry.
    * todo confuso = in a state of disarray.
    * todo continúa como antes = life goes on as before.
    * todo cuesta algo = nothing comes without a cost.
    * todo de una vez = in one lump.
    * todo de (un) golpe = all at once.
    * todo dios = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.
    * todo el año = year-round.
    * todo el cotarro = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.
    * todo el día = all day, all day long, around the clock.
    * todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.
    * todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.
    * todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.
    * todo el peso de la ley = full force of the law, the, full force of the law, the.
    * todo el rato = all the while.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * todo el tiempo = all of the time, left, right and centre, the whole time, all the while.
    * todo el tinglado = the whole works, the whole shebang, everything and the kitchen sink, the whole enchilada, the whole (kit and) caboodle, the whole nine yards, the whole shooting match, the whole banana, lock, stock and barrel.
    * todo en su conjunto = whole affair, the.
    * todo en uno = all in one.
    * todo es posible = all bets are off, the sky is the limit.
    * todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.
    * todo esto = the whole thing.
    * todo excepto = everything except (for).
    * todo florido = in full blossom.
    * todo hijo de vecino = every Tom, Dick and Harry.
    * todo incluido = all-inclusive.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * todo liado = in a state of disarray.
    * todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse, in marked contrast.
    * todo lo demás = all else.
    * todo lo que toca se convierte en oro = Midas touch, the.
    * todo lo relativo al personaje novelesco Holmes = Holmesiana.
    * todo lujo de detalles = chapter and verse.
    * todo marcha bien = everything is hunky-dory.
    * todo menos = everything except (for).
    * todo mindundi = every Tom, Dick and Harry.
    * todo + Nombre = the whole + Nombre.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * todo quisque = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.
    * todo quisqui = every Tom, Dick and Harry, everyone and their mother.
    * todo recto = straight ahead, straight on.
    * todos = everybody, everyone, them all, all comers, great and small, all concerned, anyone and everyone.
    * todos a cubierta = all hands on deck!.
    * todos a la faena = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).
    * todos al rescate = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).
    * todo seguido = continuously, straight ahead, straight on.
    * todos ellos = them all.
    * todo ser humano = every living soul.
    * todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.
    * todos excepto = everyone except, everybody except.
    * todos excepto + Número = all but + Número.
    * todos lo demás = everyone else.
    * todos los accesorios extras = all the bells and whistles.
    * todos los adornos extras = all the bells and whistles.
    * todos los años = on a yearly basis, year in and year out, year-on-year.
    * todos los demás = everybody else.
    * todos los derechos reservados = all rights reserved.
    * todos los días = daily, on a daily basis, every day, day in and day out.
    * todos los miembros de la agencia = agency-wide.
    * todos los otros = all of the other.
    * todos manos a la obra = all hands to the pump(s), all hands on deck.
    * todos menos = everyone except, everybody except.
    * todos menos + Número = all but + Número.
    * todos nosotros = all of us.
    * todos por igual = share and share alike.
    * todos ustedes = you all.
    * todos vosotros = you all.
    * todos y cada uno = all and sundry, in full force, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * todos y cada uno de + Adjetivo + Nombre = Pronombre + every + Nombre.
    * todo tiene sus ventajas y sus inconvenientes = swings and roundabouts, what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * todo tipo de = all sorts of, all manner of.
    * todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.
    * todo va a las mil maravillas = everything is hunky-dory.
    * todo vale = no holds barred.
    * trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.
    * tratar por todos los medios de = take + (great) pains to.
    * tratar por todos los medios de + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.
    * vida a toda pastilla = life in the fast lane.
    * y lo peor de todo = and worst of all.
    * y sobre todo = and worst of all.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.
    * zampárselo todo = scoff + the lot.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (la totalidad de): invitó a toda la clase she invited the whole class
    ha estado llorando toda or todita la mañana ( fam); he's been crying all morning o the whole morning
    no lo he visto en todo el día/toda la semana I haven't seen him all day/all week
    todo el secreto consiste en usar un buen caldo the secret of the whole thing is to use good stock
    dedicó toda su vida a la investigación he dedicated his entire o whole life to research
    se recorrió todo México she traveled all over Mexico
    España toda lo acompaña the whole of Spain is with him
    deja las cosas tiradas por todos lados he leaves things lying about everywhere o all over the place
    empujó con todas sus fuerzas she pushed with all her might
    todas y cada una de las necesidades de su empresa each and every one of o all of your company's needs
    me gustan todos los deportes I like all sports
    todos ustedes lo sabían all of you knew, you all knew
    2
    (uso enfático): a toda velocidad at top speed
    a todo correr as fast as possible
    le dieron todo tipo or toda clase de facilidades they gave him every facility
    está fuera de toda duda it's beyond all doubt
    a todo esto (mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime; (a propósito) incidentally, by the way
    a todo esto, a Juan se lo habían llevado al hospital while all this was happening o meanwhile o in the meantime they had taken Juan to (the) hospital
    3 todo lo + ADJ/ADV:
    puedes hacerlo todo lo largo que quieras you can make it as long as you like
    B
    (cualquier, cada): toda persona detenida debe ser informada de sus derechos all detainees must be informed of their rights, anyone who is detained must be informed of his or her rights
    todo artículo importado all imported items, any imported item
    todo tipo de información all kinds of information
    todo aquél que se sienta capaz anyone who feels capable
    todos los días/los jueves/los años every day/Thursday/year
    todos los primeros viernes de mes the first Friday of every month
    Compuesto:
    el/un todo the/a whole
    dos mitades forman un todo two halves make a whole
    jugarse el todo por el todo to risk o gamble everything on one throw
    1 ( en sing) everything
    lo han perdido todo they've lost everything
    a pesar de todo la sigo queriendo despite everything I still love her
    todo le parece poco he's never satisfied
    come todo lo que quieras eat as much as you like
    te puedes quedar todo lo que quieras you can stay as long as you like
    no fue todo lo interesante que pensábamos que iba a ser it wasn't as interesting as we thought it would be
    ¿eso es todo? is that all?
    se cree que lo sabe todo he thinks he knows it all
    con él siempre es o todo o nada with him it's always (a case of) all or nothing
    2 todos/todas (referido — a cosas) all; (— a personas) all, everybody
    se rompieron todos they all broke
    los compró todos she bought all of them
    vinieron todos they all came, everybody came
    son todos compañeros de clase they're all classmates
    ¿están todos? is everyone o everybody here?
    ¿estamos todos? are we all here?
    B ( en locs):
    con todo y con eso or con todo ( fam) (aun así) all the same, even so; (bien mirado) all in all
    con todo, sigo pensando que … all the same o even so I still think that …
    de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything
    venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things
    hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything
    del todo totally
    está loca del todo she's completely o totally mad
    fue del todo imposible it was absolutely o totally impossible
    eso no es del todo cierto that's not entirely o totally true
    y todo: estropeado y todo, éste es mucho más valioso damaged though it is, this one is still much more valuable
    enfermo y todo, vino a trabajar sick as he was, he still came to work
    tuvo que venir la policía y todo ( fam); the police had to come and everything ( colloq)
    de todas, todas ( fam): ¿es verdad? — de todas, todas is it true? — you bet it is! ( colloq)
    ganó de todas, todas he won by a mile ( colloq)
    me las pagará/pagarás todas juntas one of these days I'll get even with him/you for all of this
    no tenerlas todas consigo to be a little worried o uneasy
    ser todo uno: verla entrar y ponerse a llorar fue todo uno he saw her come in and immediately o promptly burst into tears
    está todo mojado it's all wet
    iba toda vestida de negro she was dressed all in black
    tiene la cara toda marcada her face is badly scarred
    está toda entusiasmada con la idea del viaje she's all o terribly excited about the trip
    todo alrededor del puño all o right around the cuff
    ya es toda una señorita she's a real young lady now, she's quite a young lady now
    aquello fue todo un espectáculo that was quite a show!, that was some show!
    3
    (indicando cualidad predominante): el pescado era todo espinas the fish was full of bones
    cuéntame, soy toda oídos tell me, I'm all ears
    por toda respuesta lanzó un bufido/me guiñó el ojo his only reply was to snort/wink at me
    * * *

     

    todo 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo

    1 ( la totalidad de) all;

    toda la mañana all morning, the whole morning;
    invitó a toda la clase she invited the whole class;
    por todos lados all over the place;
    todos ustedes lo sabían you all knew;
    See Also→ mundo 1
    2 (cualquier, cada):

    todo aquel que quiera anyone who wishes to;
    todos los días every day
    3 ( uso enfático):

    con toda inocencia in all innocence;
    le dieron todo tipo de facilidades they gave him all kind of facilities;
    a todo esto ( mientras tanto) meanwhile, in the meantime;

    ( a propósito) incidentally, by the way
    ■ pronombre
    1


    todo le parece poco he's never satisfied;
    come todo lo que quieras eat as much as you like;
    todo o nada all or nothing
    b)

    ◊ todos/todas ( referido a — cosas) all;


    (— a personas) all, everybody;

    vinieron todos they all came, everybody came;
    buena suerte a todos good luck to everybody;
    es el más alto de todos he's the tallest of the lot o of them all;
    ¿están todos? is everyone o everybody here?;
    todos y cada uno each and every one
    2 ( en locs)

    de todo: come de todo she'll eat anything;
    venden de todo they sell everything o all sorts of things;
    hace de todo un poco he does a bit of everything;
    del todo totally
    3 ( como adv)




    todo 2 sustantivo masculino:
    ◊ el/un todo the/a whole;

    jugarse el todo por el todo to risk o gamble everything on one throw
    todo,-a
    1 adjetivo
    1 (la totalidad: singular) all, whole: recorrió toda España, she travelled all over Spain
    toda la semana, the whole week o all week
    toda tu vida, your entire life o all your life
    2 (: plural) all: todos sus hermanos, all his brothers
    todos lo sabíamos, we all knew
    se comió todas las fresas, she ate all the strawberries
    3 (todo el mundo) todos están riendo, everybody is laughing
    4 (cada, cualquier) every: viene todos los meses, he comes every month
    todo el que desee..., anyone who wishes to...
    5 fam (intensificador) through and through: es toda una atleta, she is every inch an athlete
    II pron
    1 (sin excepciones, sin exclusiones) everything: lo compró todo, he bought it all
    lo perdió todo, he lost everything
    lo sabe todo, she knows everything
    todo son problemas, there's nothing but trouble
    eso es todo, that's all
    (todo el mundo) todos piensan que eres muy lista, everybody thinks you're very clever
    nos invitó a todos, he invited all of us
    todos y cada uno, each and every one
    III adv (por completo, totalmente) estaba todo convencido, he was entirely convinced
    estás todo mojado, you are all wet
    está todo nervioso, he's terribly o all excited
    IV sustantivo masculino todo (total, suma) whole
    en todo o en parte, in whole or in part
    All y whole tienen significados parecidos, pero se usan en estructuras diferentes. All se coloca delante de un artículo, pronombre posesivo o demostrativo, mientras que whole se coloca después: all the world, pero the whole world; all your family, pero your whole family; all this time, pero this whole time. Recuerda que no puedes usar whole sin artículo o pronombre correspondiente ni con sustantivos que indican masa (incontables). Por tanto, la traducción de todo el vino es all the wine y no the whole wine.
    El plural todos o todo el mundo se traduce por everybody o everyone. Aunque el verbo acompañante aparezca en singular, cualquier pronombre que emplees debe estar en plural: Todos deben traer sus propios bolígrafos. Everybody has to bring their (own) pens.

    ' todo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - acabar
    - alta
    - alto
    - amén
    - anochecer
    - ante
    - arramblar
    - arriba
    - bendita
    - bendito
    - bicho
    - bocado
    - borraja
    - borrosa
    - borroso
    - bregar
    - caballero
    - cachaza
    - camino
    - carente
    - caso
    - cháchara
    - color
    - comandita
    - comerse
    - con
    - conforme
    - contrapelo
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - control
    - corazón
    - Cristo
    - cuanta
    - cuanto
    - danza
    - decir
    - delante
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - descaminada
    - descaminado
    - despojar
    - después
    - dios
    - disponer
    - empeño
    - encerrarse
    - encima
    English:
    above
    - above-board
    - abrupt
    - ache
    - aching
    - act up
    - add up
    - agreement
    - ahead
    - aid
    - all
    - all-in
    - altogether
    - always
    - amok
    - anyhow
    - anything
    - appearance
    - as
    - backdrop
    - ball
    - be-all and end-all
    - behind
    - bend
    - best
    - blare out I
    - blast
    - blast out
    - blow
    - blunder
    - boat
    - boil down
    - bottom
    - breast
    - but
    - by
    - call
    - careless
    - character
    - checklist
    - cheese off
    - chiefly
    - clause
    - clean
    - clear up
    - colour
    - come out
    - come to
    - common
    - comprehensive
    * * *
    todo, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [el conjunto o total de] all;
    todo el día all day;
    todo el libro the whole book, all (of) the book;
    todo el vino all (of) the wine;
    todas las manzanas all the apples;
    todos los americanos all Americans;
    toda esta planta está dedicada al impresionismo all (of) o the whole of this floor is devoted to impressionism;
    todo un día está dedicado a visitar la ciudad a whole day is devoted to visiting the city;
    todos ellos se marcharon they all left;
    toda su ilusión es conocer Europa her greatest wish is to visit Europe;
    por todas partes everywhere;
    todo el mundo, Méx [m5] todo mundo everybody;
    en todo momento at all times;
    ilustraciones a todo color full-colour illustrations;
    un seguro a todo riesgo a comprehensive insurance policy;
    subimos la calle a toda velocidad we went up the street as fast as we could o at top speed;
    todo Buenos Aires habla de ello the whole of o all of Buenos Aires is talking about it
    2. [cada, cualquier] every;
    todos los días/lunes every day/Monday;
    como todo mexicano sabe… as every Mexican knows…, as all Mexicans know…;
    todo edificio de más de veinte años pasará una revisión all buildings that are more than twenty years old will be inspected;
    todo aquel que o [m5] todo el que viole las normas anybody o anyone who breaks the rules;
    todos aquellos que o [m5] todos los que están en huelga all those (who are) on strike
    3. [para enfatizar]
    es todo un hombre he's every inch a man;
    ya es toda una mujer she's a grown woman now;
    fue todo un éxito it was a great success;
    se produjo todo un cúmulo de casualidades there was a whole series of coincidences
    4. [del todo]
    el jardín estaba todo descuidado the garden was completely o all neglected;
    se puso toda enojada she got all annoyed
    ♦ pron
    1. [singular] everything;
    lo vendió todo he sold everything, he sold it all;
    todo está listo everything is ready, it's all ready;
    todo es poco tratándose de sus hijos nothing is too much when it comes to her children;
    se enoja por todo he gets angry at the slightest thing;
    eso es todo that's all
    Esp todo a cien [tienda] Br ≈ pound shop, US ≈ nickel-and-dime store
    2.
    todos [todas las personas] everybody, everyone;
    [todas las cosas] all of them;
    todos vinieron everybody o everyone came, they all came;
    quiero agradecer a todos su cooperación I would like to thank you all o everybody o everyone for your cooperation;
    ¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everybody o everyone here?;
    todos están rotos they're all broken, all of them are broken;
    me los ha dado todos she's given me all of them, she's given me them all
    3. [otras frases]
    ante todo [sobre todo] above all;
    [en primer lugar] first of all;
    con todo (y con eso) all the same;
    de todo everything (you can think of);
    tenemos de todo we have everything;
    puede pasar de todo anything could happen;
    después de todo after all;
    del todo completely;
    no estoy del todo contento I'm not entirely happy;
    no lo hace mal del todo she doesn't do it at all badly;
    está en todo he thinks of everything;
    pese a todo, a pesar de todo in spite of o despite everything;
    todo lo más at (the) most;
    y todo: me invitó a cenar y todo she even asked me to dinner;
    se presentó en la fiesta con muletas y todo he turned up at the party, crutches and all;
    de todas todas without a shadow of a doubt;
    fue todo uno: subirse al barco y marearse fue todo uno no sooner had he got on the boat than he felt sick
    ♦ nm
    whole;
    jugarse el todo por el todo to stake everything
    ♦ adv
    [totalmente]
    el camarero era todo amabilidad the waiter was all friendliness, the waiter was extremely friendly;
    esa chica es todo huesos that girl is all skin and bones;
    soy todo oídos I'm all ears
    ♦ a todo esto loc adv
    [mientras tanto] meanwhile; [a propósito] by the way
    * * *
    I adj all;
    todos los domingos every Sunday;
    toda la clase the whole o the entire class
    II adv all;
    estaba todo sucio it was all dirty;
    con todo all the same;
    del todo entirely, absolutely
    III pron all, everything; pl everybody, everyone;
    estaban todos everybody was there;
    esto es todo cuanto sé that’s all I know
    :
    o todo o nada all or nothing;
    de todas todas fam without a shadow of a doubt;
    ir a por todas go all out;
    estar en todo be on top of things
    * * *
    todo, -da adj
    1) : all, whole, entire
    con toda sinceridad: with all sincerity
    toda la comunidad: the whole community
    2) : every, each
    a todo nivel: at every level
    3) : maximum
    a toda velocidad: at top speed
    4)
    todo el mundo : everyone, everybody
    todo nm
    : whole
    todo, -da pron
    1) : everything, all, every bit
    lo sabe todo: he knows it all
    es todo un soldado: he's every inch a soldier
    2) todos, -das pl
    : everybody, everyone, all
    * * *
    todo1 adj
    2. (cada) every
    todo el mundo everyone / everybody
    todo2 adv all
    todo3 pron
    2. (todas las cosas) everything
    3. (toda la gente) everyone / everybody

    Spanish-English dictionary > todo

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Battle Hymn of the Republic — is an American abolitionist song written by Julia Ward Howe in November 1861 and first published in The Atlantic Monthly in February 1, 1862 that was made popular during the American Civil War. HistoryThe tune was written around 1855 by William… …   Wikipedia

  • The Battle of the Z Boys — was a boxing fight between Mexicans Carlos Zarate and Alfonso Zamora, who were, respectively, the WBC and WBA World Bantamweight titleholders. Held in Inglewood, California on April 23, 1977, the bout was not recognized as a unification fight by… …   Wikipedia

  • The Battle of the Little Giants — was a 1981 boxing event with a deep social impact.Fought on August 21, 1981, at the Caesars Palace hotel in Las Vegas, Nevada, it pitted Wilfredo Gómez, a Puerto Rican who had a record of 32 wins, 0 losses, 1 draw, and all his wins by knockout,… …   Wikipedia

  • The Day After — This article is about the 1983 television film. For other uses, see The Day After (disambiguation). The Day After The Day After DVD cover Genre …   Wikipedia

  • The Battle for Wesnoth — Infobox VG title = The Battle for Wesnoth caption = Title screen (1.2.2) developer = The Battle for Wesnoth development [http://www.wesnoth.org/wiki/Credits team] designer = David White and others engine = custom version = 1.4.5 (stable, released …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Bunker Hill — For a list of numerous places and things that are named after this battle, see Bunker Hill (disambiguation). Battle of Bunker Hill Part of the American Revolutionary War …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of the Coral Sea — Part of the Pacific Theater of World War II …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Crete — Part of the Mediterranean Theatre of World War II …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Monte Cassino — Part of World War II, Italian Campaign Ruins of Cassino town after the battle …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Kursk — Operation Citadel Part of the Eastern Front of World War II …   Wikipedia

  • Battle of Chancellorsville — Part of the American Civil War …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»